9500 MPR

9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio)

(ETSI) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration
Operation and Maintenance
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

STUDENT GUIDE

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 1
Empty page

Switch to notes view!

2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 2
Terms of Use and Legal Notices

1. Safety Warning
Switch to notes view!
Both lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to wear
conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment
alone.
The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.

2. Trade Marks
Alcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.
All other trademarks, service marks and logos (“Marks”) are the property of their respective holders, including Alcatel-Lucent.
Users are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning the Mark. The
absence of a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to change
without notice.

3. Copyright
This document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No other
use or transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucent’s written permission, and must
include all copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may be used,
copied, disclosed or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from Alcatel-Lucent.
Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly prohibited.
User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or describes, and
is expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express written consent of
Alcatel-Lucent.

All
3 rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

4. Disclaimer
In no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost
profits, lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not Alcatel-Lucent has
been advised of the possibility of such damages.
Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement, nor
a recommendation.
This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The information
contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some cases, due to
contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely accurate.
Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment and
its operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.
The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. Alcatel-Lucent
disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related documentation,
whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including warranties of
merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of dealing, usage or trade
practice.
Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed
internet connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in nature

5. Governing Law
The products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are governed by
the laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices, or the application
thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including, but not limited to, the warranty
disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a valid, enforceable provision that
matches, as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices shall
remain in full force and effect.

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 3
Blank Page

Switch to notes view!

4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 4
Course Outline

1. NEThis
About operation
Course 4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Course Module
outline 1. 3JK Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
Technical support
Module 2. 3JK Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Course Module
objectives
3. 3JK Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
2. Maintenance
1. Topic/Section is Positioned Here 6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Xxx Module 1. 3JK Fault Management
Xxx Module 2. 3JK Software Download 7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Xxx

2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

5 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 5
Course Outline [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

6
9500 MPR
This page is left blank intentionally
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 6
Course Objectives

Switch to notes view!

Welcome to 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration

Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

z Configure and manage the 9500MPR

7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 7
Course Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 8
About this Student Guide

z
Conventions used
Switch to notes in this guide
view!

Note
Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed.
Although this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful or
interesting.

Technical Reference
(1) 24.348.98 – Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical Practices
where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.

Warning
Alerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment damage or
personal injury.

9 Where you can get further information

9500 MPR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

If you want further information you can refer to the following:

ƒ Technical Practices for the specific product
ƒ Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 9
About this Student Guide [cont.]

z Switch to notes view!

10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 10
 Self-assessment of Objectives
Contract number :

z At the end of each section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire
Course title :
z Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
Client (Company, Center) :
Language : Dates from : to :
Switch to notes view!
Number of trainees : Location :
Surname, First name :

Did you meet the following objectives ?

Tick the corresponding box
Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

Yes (or No (or

Instructional objectives globally globally Comments
yes) no)
1 To be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts of
9500MPR

2 To be able to:
11
• Describe the main functionalities All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
9500 MPR of the 9500MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
3 To be able to:
• Describe the management system of
the 9500MPR
4 To be able to :
• Describe the functionality of each unit
of the MSS
5 To be able to:
• Describe the functionality of the ODUs
6 To be able to:
• understand all the menus available
with the LCT

7 To be able to:
• Configure a NE starting from scratch
8 To be able to:
• Activate and evaluate the performance
monitoring application
9 To be able to:
• Performa the troubleshooting of the
9500MPR
10 To be able to:
• Perform the SW download of the 9500MPR


All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 11
Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

Yes (or No (or

Instructional objectives Globally globally Comments
yes) no)

12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Other comments

Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire



All Rights
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent
Radio) R 3.1 2011
Terminal Configuration Operation and
Maintenance (ETSI) - Page 12
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
NE operation
Module 1
Operator Interface MPR Terminal
3JK Issue 2.0

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 1
 Blank Page

1·1·2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 2010-07-22 ALU University, First edition

Marcoussis

02 2011-08-26 ALU University Updated to rel 3.1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 2
Module Objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

ƒ understand all the menus available with the MCT.

1·1·3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 3
Module Objectives [cont.]

1·1·4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 4
Table of Contents

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 MPT Craft Terminal 7
1.1 Starting with NETO 8
1.2 Main View 10
1.3 Suggested sequence for MPT CT interface 11
Blank Page 12
2 Main View 13
2.1 Main view 14
2.2 Line NE Status 17
2.3 Main Tool Bar Area 18
2.4 Alarms Synthesis Panel 19
2.5 General Information Panel 21
2.6 Main Tab Panel 22
2.7 Navigator Area 29
2.8 MCT Menus 31
Blank Page 32
3 System Overview 33
3.1 System Overview Display 34
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel 35
Blank Page 40
4 Commissioning Perspective 41
4.1 Commissioning Perspective Navigation 42
Blank Page 46
5 Inventory Tool 47
5.1 Inventory Tool 48
1 · 16· 5Software Download Tool All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011 51
6.1 Software Download
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
Tool
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI) 52
Blank Page 54
7 Configuration Tool 55
7.1 Configuration Tool 56
7.2 Date/Time Configuration 60
7.3 Site Information 61
7.4 Protection Configuration 62
7.5 Synchronization Configuration 64
7.6 Radio Configuration 68
7.6.1 Telecommunication Standard 71
7.6.2 Modulation 72
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control 78
7.6.4 Frequency 83
7.7 Advanced Radio 85
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning 87
7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration 93
7.9.1 QoS Classification 96
7.9.2 Ether Type Classification 97
7.9.3 Scheduling Algorithms 98
7.9.4 IEEE 802.1p Classification 99
7.9.5 Diffserv Classification 100
7.10 Networking Configuration 104
7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration 105
7.10.2 Static Routing Configuration 109
7.10.3 Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration 113
7.11 Backup/Restore NE Configuration 116
Blank Page 120
8 Monitoring Tool 121
8.1 Monitoring Tool 122
8.2 Alarms 124

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]

Page
Switch to notes view!
8.3 Power Measurements 129
8.3.1 Start/Stop Monitoring 131
8.3.2 Power Measurements Graphic 133
8.3.3 Power Measurements Curves Management 135
8.3.4 Export Power Measurements Data 139
8.4 Modem Measurements 141
8.4.1 Start/Stop Monitoring 143
8.4.2 Mean Square Error 145
8.4.3 Modem Measurements Graphic 146
8.4.4 Modem Measurements Curves Management 148
8.4.5 Export Modem Measurements Data 149
Blank Page 150
9 Maintenance Perspective 151
9.1 Maintenance Perspective Navigation 152
9.2 Inventory Tool 154
9.3 Software Download Tool 155
9.4 Radio Tool 156
9.5 Alarms Tool 157
9.6 Power Measurements Tool 158
9.7 Modem Measurements Tool 159
Blank Page 160
10 Troubleshooting Perspective 161
10.1 Troubleshooting Perspective Navigation 162
10.2 Inventory Tool 164
1 · 1 · 610.3 Troubleshooting Tool All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011 165
10.4 Alarms Tool
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI) 172
10.5 Power Measurements Tool 173
10.6 Modem Measurements Tool 174
10.7 Events Tool 175
11 Performance Monitoring Perspective 179
11.1 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation 180
Blank Page 182
12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View 183
12.1 Main view 184
12.2 Main Tool Bar Area 185
12.3 Main Tab Panel 186
12.4 Navigator Area 187
12.5 Provisioning Tool Menus 188
13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective 189
13.1 Configuration Perspective Navigation 190
13.2 File Management Tool 192
13.3 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool 196
13.4 Ethernet Port Provisioning 197
13.5 PDH Port Provisioning 201
13.5.1 PDH Port Setting 202
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation 203
13.5.3 Circuit Emulation Application Examples 208
13.6 Management Port Provisioning 210
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports 213
13.8 Network Synchronization Clock 219
13.9 Bridge Provisioning 223
13.10 Port VLAN Provisioning 229
13.11 Storm Control and Rate limiting 232
13.12 Per Flow policer 233
Exercices 234
Blank Page 235
End of Module 236

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 6
 1 MPT Craft Terminal

1·1·7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 7
 1 MPT Craft Terminal
1.1 Starting with NETO

WebEML Start n To start the WebEML double click on

the relevant icon on the PC desktop

o NETO
opens

p Insert the IP address

of the NE
(default: 192.168.30.1)
and click <OK>

See next slide

1·1·8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

N.B.
To access the NE the PC must be configured to “Get automatically an IP address”, because the NE is
configured as DHCP Server with default IP address 192.168.30.1 and subnet mask 255.255.255.252. The
PC Ethernet port must be connected to the CT connector of the MSS-1c.

N.B.
192.168.30.1 is the IP address of the port from MSS-1c and cannot be modified. The management can be
done also by the NMS port, but the PC must be configured with fixed IP and gateway. First open the
WebEML and after connect the cable.

Warning:
Without the MPT connected to the MSS-1c, it is not possible to open the WebEML on the CT port from MSS-
1c.

Warning:
If all the WebEML images/icons are missing, check that file “msimg32.dll” is present in <System32>.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 8
 1 MPT Craft Terminal
1.1 Starting with NETO [cont.]

q When the
NE is
supervised,
click on
<Show>

r Then, the <Main view> opens

1·1·9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Note: Default User Accounts – at the NE installation time, one default user account is created on NE
independently from the SNMP operating mode.

z Profile: administrator
z Username: admin
z Password: admin

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 9
 1 MPT Craft Terminal
1.2 Main View

MPR-e

MSS-1c

4) The Main view opens

1 · 1 · 10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The 9500MPT Craft Terminal (MCT) is the starting point of the CT application.
z MCT functions require to know the NE identity by means of the related IP Address.
z Only one NE can be managed in a MCT session.
z The User Interface is provided by the MCT Main View.
z The MCT connects to the 9500MPT with a transparent DHCP server which is not configurable.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 10
 1 MPT Craft Terminal
1.3 Suggested sequence for MPT CT interface

With the NETO Main view:

z 1. Fill the “IP address or DNS name” field with the NE IP address;

z 2. Click on the “OK” button;

z 3. When the NE is supervised, click on <Show>

z 4. Write down the User name and Password;

z 5. Click on the “Finish” button.

1 · 1 · 11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 11
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 12
 2 Main View

1 · 1 · 13 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 13
 2 Main View
2.1 Main view

z Two Main views are possible according to the 9500MPT version:

ƒ MSS-1c

ƒ MPR-e (MPT Stand-Alone)

1 · 1 · 14 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 14
 2 Main View
2.1 Main view [cont.] MSS-1c
Title Main Tool Bar Area
z MSS-1c Alarms Synthesis Panel
Main Tab-panel
Domain Alarm Synthesis Panel

RESOURCE AREA

NAVIGATOR

GENERAL
INFORMATION

LINE NE STATUS
1 · 1 · 15 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Main View Area manages all domains from which the operator can start. It is organized with tab panels, e.g.
many windows placed one upon another. Each window is selectable (placing it on top of the others) with a tab shown
on the top.

z Title: MCT connected to:

IP address, site name and site location of the equipment
z Main Tab-panel
The Main Tab-panel permits to choose a specific tool (named perspective)
to manage the NE.
The following perspectives are present:
z Commissioning (to provision, to configure the equipment)
z Maintenance (to perform Maintenance tasks on the equipment)
z Troubleshooting (to perform Troubleshooting tasks on the equipment)
z Performance (to perform the Performance Monitoring on the equipment)
z Navigator Area: displays all the available management tasks for a specific tool.
z Resource Area: may be represented by: Tabular View or Graphical View.
z Tabular View: displays a tabular representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is shown.
z Graphical View: displays a graphical representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is
shown.
z General Information Area: displays the Management State Control of the equipment.
z Line NE status Area: displays the MCT connection and the operator commands status.
z Figure (Main view) is the entry point of the application and provides basic diagnostic and configuration functions.
Following multiple main views are available.
z Navigation from main view to multiple main views (related to the equipment components) can be done by simply
double-clicking on the component graphical representation. Such operation will open a new window containing
selected secondary view. Starting from main view, the operator will also see MSS-1c, ODUs and antennas layout. Each
slot contains schematics of available board (if present) together with status and other details. Slots schematics will
in fact contain usual alarms information with a clarifying coloured icon that reports the same icon visible in tree
view.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 15
 2 Main View
2.1 Main view [cont.] MPR-e
Title Main Tool Bar Area
z MPR-e Alarms Synthesis Panel
Main Tab-panel
Domain Alarm Synthesis Panel

RESOURCE AREA

NAVIGATOR

GENERAL
INFORMATION

LINE NE STATUS
1 · 1 · 16 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The Main View Area manages all domains from which the operator can start. It is organized with tab panels, e.g. many
windows placed one upon another. Each window is selectable (placing it on top of the others) with a tab shown on
the top.

Title: MCT connected to:

z IP address, site name and site location of the equipment
Main Tab-panel
The Main Tab-panel permits to choose a specific tool (named perspective)
to manage the NE.
The following perspectives are present:
z Commissioning (to provision, to configure the equipment)
z Maintenance (to perform Maintenance tasks on the equipment)
z Troubleshooting (to perform Troubleshooting tasks on the equipment)
z Performance (to perform the Performance Monitoring on the equipment)
Navigator Area: displays all the available management tasks for a specific tool.
Resource Area: may be represented by: Tabular View or Graphical View.
z Tabular View: displays a tabular representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is shown.
z Graphical View: displays a graphical representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is
shown.
General Information Area: displays the Management State Control of the equipment.
Line NE status Area: displays the MCT connection and the operator commands status.
Figure (Main view) is the entry point of the application and provides basic diagnostic and configuration functions.
Following multiple main views are available.
Navigation from main view to multiple main views (related to the equipment components) can be done by simply
double-clicking on the component graphical representation. Such operation will open a new window containing
selected secondary view. Starting from main view, the operator will also see MSS-1c, ODUs and antennas layout. Each
slot contains schematics of available board (if present) together with status and other details. Slots schematics will
in fact contain usual alarms information with a clarifying coloured icon that reports the same icon visible in tree
view.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 16
 2 Main View
2.2 Line NE Status

Line NE Status

z This area contains information about the status of the NE.

ƒ Status of the connection between MCT and the NE with its NE IP address
ƒ General status of the NE and Operator commands status

1 · 1 · 17 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 17
 2 Main View
2.3 Main Tool Bar Area

Quick Access Buttons

z This area contains a selection of handy quick-access buttons for

common features.
ƒ Exit button from the Main View
ƒ Second button: to connect the MCT to the NE
y The screen presented in “Connection Parameters View” (on page 9) appears
y It is possible to connect the MCT to another NE

ƒ Third button: to disconnect the MCT from the NE

1 · 1 · 18 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 18
 2 Main View
2.4 Alarms Synthesis Panel

Severity Alarms Synthesis

z The CT provides an alarm functionality that informs the operator on the

severity of the different alarms in the NE as well as on the number of current
alarms. There are five different alarm severity levels. In the CT these different
levels are associated with colors:
ƒ Red: Critical alarm (CRI).
ƒ Orange: Major alarm (MAJ).
ƒ Yellow: Minor alarm (MIN).
ƒ Cyan: Warning alarm (WNG).
ƒ Blue: Indeterminate (IND).
z Each alarm severity is represented by an alarm icon situated in the top left
hand corner of the view. These alarm icons are constantly represented on the
different Equipment views (NE view, Board view or Port view) so that the
operator is always aware of the alarms occurring in the system.
z An alarm icon grayed out indicates that spontaneous incoming alarm
notification have been inhibited.

1 · 1 · 19 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z N.B. The meaning of the icons in the Severity alarms synthesis is:
z 1) CRI - Critical alarm
z Synthesis of alarms that needs immediate troubleshooting (typical: NE isolation).
z 2) MAJ - Major (Urgent) alarm
z Synthesis of alarms that needs immediate troubleshooting.
z 3) MIN - Minor (Not Urgent) alarm
z Synthesis of alarms for which a deferred intervent can be decided.
z 4) WNG - Warning alarm
z Synthesis of alarms due to failure of other NE in the network.
z 5) IND - Indeterminate alarm
z Synthesis of alarms not associated with the previous severities. Not operative.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 19
 2 Main View
2.4 Alarms Synthesis Panel [cont.]

Domain Alarms Synthesis

z This area contains the bitmaps (more than one) representing the alarms
per domain. Each bitmap indicates the number of alarm occurrences for
each domain.

z The meaning of the icons in the Domain alarm synthesis area is:
ƒ 1) EQP – Equipment alarm
y Synthesis of alarms of the Equipment domain.
ƒ 2) COM – Communication alarm
y Synthesis of alarms of the Communication domain.

1 · 1 · 20 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 20
 2 Main View
2.5 General Information Panel

General Information

z The different management states concerning the NE are shown in two

tab-panels.

z The Radio Synthesis tab-panel gives information on the:

ƒ Abnormal Condition state: indicates whether some abnormal conditions have
been recognized.

z The Network Supervision tab-panel gives information on the:

ƒ Local Access state: indicates whether the NE is managed by a craft terminal
or by the Operating System (OS)
ƒ OS Supervision: indicates whether or not the communication with the
Operating System (OS) is established

1 · 1 · 21 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The meaning of the icons in the General Information Panel is:

z 1) Local Access State
„ GREEN LED: Indicates that the Craft Terminal has the OS permission to manage the NE (granted).
„ CYAN LED: Indicates that the Craft Terminal has not the OS permission to manage the NE (denied).
z 2) OS – OS isolation
z 3) AC – Abnormal Condition
„ GREEN LED: Normal operating condition.
„ CYAN LED: Detection of an ABNORMAL operative condition. Type: switch forcing.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 21
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel

Main Tab Panel

or

z The Main Tab panel permits to choose a specific tool (called

Perspective) to manage the NE.

z The following perspectives are present:

ƒ Commissioning (to provision, to configure the equipment)
ƒ Maintenance (to perform Maintenance tasks on the equipment)
ƒ Troubleshooting (to perform Troubleshooting tasks on the equipment)
ƒ Performance (to perform the Performance Monitoring on the equipment)

1 · 1 · 22 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The operator choice in the Main Tab Panel makes changes in the contents of:
z 1) Navigator Area
„ This area displays all the available tasks for a specific tool (perspective).
z 2) Resource area
„ This area displays a representation in tabular view or in graphical view of the selected resource for a
specific tool (perspective).

z Operator facility:
By moving the margin, we can see all the opened tools (perspectives)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 22
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Show Perspective Button

z This menu propose to open a new

specific tool (Perspective) in the
Main Tab panel

1 · 1 · 23 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 23
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Perspective Menu

z This menu propose

ƒ to Customize the Perspective
ƒ to Save the Perspective according to the customization
ƒ to Reset the Perspective to its default values
ƒ to Close the Perspective from the Main Tab panel

1 · 1 · 24 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 24
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Perspective Menu
Customize

1 · 1 · 25 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 25
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Perspective Menu
Save As
Reset

1 · 1 · 26 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 26
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Main Tab Panel Visualization

or

z From the “Show Perspective” Button or from the opened Perspective,

we can customize the Main Tab Panel visualization

z Show Text ON

z Show Text OFF

z Dock On (Next Page)

1 · 1 · 27 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 27
 2 Main View
2.6 Main Tab Panel [cont.]

Main Tab Panel Visualization

or
Dock On

z From the “Show Perspective” Button or from the opened Perspective,

we can customize the Main Tab Panel visualization

z Dock On Right z Dock On Left

z Dock On Top Right

z Dock On Top Left

1 · 1 · 28 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 28
 2 Main View
2.7 Navigator Area

Navigator Area

z The Navigator Area displays all the available management tasks for a
specific tool (Perspective).
ƒ The following tools are present:
y Commissioning (to provision, to configure the equipment)
y Maintenance (to perform Maintenance tasks on the equipment)
y Troubleshooting (to perform Troubleshooting tasks on the equipment)
y Performance (to perform the Performance Monitoring on the equipment)

1 · 1 · 29 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 29
 2 Main View
2.7 Navigator Area [cont.]
Selection Criteria
z Each tree node consists of possibly three symbols and a label. The first
optional symbol indicates structure state: if symbol is , tree can be
expanded showing its contained lower levels. Tree structure can be
collapsed if symbol is . With no symbol, node represents a tree leaf.
Second symbol is alarm status of component. The operator can select
resource by clicking with mouse to perform the action dependent on
click type. Resource Detail Area related to the selected item is
displayed.
z Each resource listed above may be selected by using the mouse by a:
ƒ Single left click:
y By a single left click the resource is highlighted. This selection causes the activation
of the resource list area, e.g., every time the operator selects a resource in the
resource tree area the corresponding data are displayed in the “Resource list area”.
ƒ Double left click:
y Double click operation on resource tree items allows the operator expanding tree
structure, so activating the display/update of resource list area, that will display
same information as for single click operation. As soon as a node is expanded,
another double click on such node would collapse tree structure to its closed view.

1 · 1 · 30 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Button Policy

The possible buttons for selection are the following:

z Apply
this button activates the “modify”, but it does not close the window.
z Cancel
this button closes the window without modifying the parameters displayed in the window.
z OK
this button activates the modify and closes the window
z Close
this button closes the window
z Help
this button provides the help management for the functions of the supporting window.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 30
 2 Main View
2.8 MCT Menus

9500MPT Craft Terminal Menus

Three menus are available:

z 1) FILE –
ƒ One choice: to exit the MCT.

z 2) WINDOW –
ƒ One choice: Operator’s preference to display the windows.

z 3) HELP –
ƒ One choice: to have an help on MCT.

1 · 1 · 31 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Windows Menu

Help Menu

Configuration Details
Plug-in Details
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 31
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 32 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 32
 3 System Overview

1 · 1 · 33 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 33
 3 System Overview
3.1 System Overview Display

z The “System Overview” of the MCT Main View displays a global logical
view (strictly related to the physical implementation) highlighting a
synthesis of all the alarms and statuses present in the system.

MPR-e

MSS-1c

1 · 1 · 34 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE:

The “Refresh” button updates the display of the “System Overview” view.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 34
 3 System Overview
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel

z By clicking on an Alarm Symbol on the block diagram, an “Alarms” Tab

Panel appears below the “System Overview” display.

1 · 1 · 35 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 35
 3 System Overview
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel [cont.]

MSS-1c Alarm

1 · 1 · 36 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 36
 3 System Overview
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel [cont.]

MPT-MC Cable Alarm

1 · 1 · 37 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 37
 3 System Overview
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel [cont.]

MPT-MC Alarm

1 · 1 · 38 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 38
 3 System Overview
3.2 Alarm Symbol & Alarms Tab Panel [cont.]

MPT-MC Antenna Alarm

1 · 1 · 39 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 39
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 40 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 40
 4 Commissioning Perspective

1 · 1 · 41 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 41
 4 Commissioning Perspective
4.1 Commissioning Perspective Navigation MSS-1c

1 · 1 · 42 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 42
 4 Commissioning Perspective
4.1 Commissioning Perspective Navigation [cont.] MSS-1c

z Commissioning Perspective is divided in:

ƒ Inventory
ƒ Software Download
ƒ Configuration
y Date/Time
y Site Information
y Protection
y Radio
y Advanced Radio
y MSS-1c
ƒ Networking
y Network Interfaces
y Static Routing
y Trusted SNMP Managers
ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms
y Power Measurements
y Modem Measurements

1 · 1 · 43 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 43
 4 Commissioning Perspective
4.1 Commissioning Perspective Navigation [cont.] MPR-e

1 · 1 · 44 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 44
 4 Commissioning Perspective
4.1 Commissioning Perspective Navigation [cont.] MPR-e

z Commissioning Perspective is divided in:

ƒ Inventory
ƒ Software Download
ƒ Configuration
y Date/Time
y Site Information
y Protection
y Synchronization
y Radio
y Advanced Radio
y Ethernet Traffic QoS
ƒ Networking
y Network Interfaces
y Static Routing
y Trusted SNMP Managers
ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms
y Power Measurements
y Modem Measurements
y Events

1 · 1 · 45 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 45
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 46 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 46
 5 Inventory Tool

1 · 1 · 47 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 47
 5 Inventory Tool
5.1 Inventory Tool MSS-1c
z This screen is a read-only screen, which shows all the information on
the equipment.

• The Remote
Inventory feature
stores information
used to identify
all product
components.
1 · 1 · 48 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 48
 5 Inventory Tool
5.1 Inventory Tool [cont.] MPR-e
z This screen is a read-only screen, which shows all the information on
the equipment.

• The Remote Inventory feature

stores information used to identify
all product components.

1 · 1 · 49 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 49
 5 Inventory Tool
5.1 Inventory Tool [cont.]
z With the “Export” Button, we can save the Remote Inventory
information of the equipment in a text file.

1 · 1 · 50 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 50
 6 Software Download Tool

1 · 1 · 51 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 51
 6 Software Download Tool
6.1 Software Download Tool

1 · 1 · 52 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 52
 6 Software Download Tool
6.1 Software Download Tool [cont.]

Software Download Tab Panel

Two fields are available:

z 1) DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE –

ƒ FTP SERVER PARAMETERS –
This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to download the SWP
to the NE.
ƒ SOFTWARE PACKAGE –
Through this field the software is downloaded to the NE in order to upgrade
the NE software version.
The use of this Tool
z 2) SOFTWARE INFORMATION – “Software Download”
ƒ This field gives the information is explained in the
of the software installed in the NE. module Section 4 –
Module 2

1 · 1 · 53 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 53
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 54 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 54
 7 Configuration Tool

1 · 1 · 55 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 55
 7 Configuration Tool
7.1 Configuration Tool MSS-1c

1 · 1 · 56 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 56
 7 Configuration Tool
7.1 Configuration Tool [cont.] MSS-1c

Configuration Tool

z “Configuration Tool” is divided in:

ƒ Date/Time
ƒ Site Information
ƒ Protection
ƒ Radio
ƒ Advanced Radio
ƒ MSS-1c
ƒ Networking (Network Interfaces, Static Routing, Trusted SNMP Managers)

z In “Configuration Tool”, at the top right of the window

mainly we have three push-buttons:

1) <Refresh> : To update the display of the window.

2) <Apply> : To apply the configuration parameters set by the operator to the equipment.
3) <Defaults> : To set in the configuration parameters the defaults values saved in the
system.

1 · 1 · 57 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 57
 7 Configuration Tool
7.1 Configuration Tool [cont.] MPR-e

1 · 1 · 58 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 58
 7 Configuration Tool
7.1 Configuration Tool [cont.] MPR-e

Configuration Tool

z “Configuration Tool” is divided in:

ƒ Date/Time
ƒ Site Information
ƒ Protection
ƒ Synchronization
ƒ Radio
ƒ Advanced Radio
ƒ Ethernet Traffic QoS
ƒ Networking (Network Interfaces, Static Routing, Trusted SNMP Managers)

z In “Configuration Tool”, at the top right of the window

mainly we have three push-buttons:

1) <Refresh> : To update the display of the window.

2) <Apply> : To apply the configuration parameters set by the operator to the equipment.
3) <Defaults> : To set in the configuration parameters the defaults values saved in the
system.

1 · 1 · 59 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 59
 7 Configuration Tool
7.2 Date/Time Configuration

1 · 1 · 60 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The NE local time can be displayed and/or re-aligned to the Computer time basis.

z The NE Date/Time field displays the current NE time.

z The On-Demand NE Time Synchronization field displays the current Computer time.
To re-align the NE time to the Computer time, click on the Synchronize NE with Computer pushbutton
to validate.

z The SNTP NE Time Synchronization field permits to configure the SNTP Servers regarding the NTP
(Network Time Protocol).
z To enable this feature, click on SNTP Enabled (enabled/disabled);
z Then, configure the IP address of the Main Server, which distributes the time to all the NEs in the
network;
z And, configure the IP address of the Spare Server (IP address of a second NTP Server), which replaces
the Main Server in case of failure.

z Note: If a change of Change Time Zone on the PC is applied with the MCT opened, in order to make it
updated on CT Close/Open the MCT application and Read Time another time.

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 60
 7 Configuration Tool
7.3 Site Information

z In “Site Information” , write down the:

ƒ Site Name
ƒ Site Location

of the equipment

1 · 1 · 61 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 61
 7 Configuration Tool
7.4 Protection Configuration

1 · 1 · 62 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 62
 7 Configuration Tool
7.4 Protection Configuration [cont.]

• Choice: RPS 1+0

1 · 1 · 63 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 63
 7 Configuration Tool
7.5 Synchronization Configuration MPR-e only

Synchronization
tab panel

1 · 1 · 64 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 64
 7 Configuration Tool
7.5 Synchronization Configuration [cont.] MPR-e only

Synch delivery Packet microwave Synch source

Access type options nodal configuration options

Mobile
2G,3G,4G
9500 MPR
SvncE D Eth SyncE D
Eth

9500 MPR
Private
Business
Office
9500 MPR
9500 MPR
Time delivery Time source
options options
Fixed
DSL
Transparent Transparent
1588v 1588v2
transport of transport of
Phone 2 TOD TOD
protocol protocol

*Adaptive and differential clock

recovery, node timing protocol

Synchronisation transferred through radio carrier at physical layer

1 · 1 · 65 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z All the NEs radios in the network must be synchronized to the same clock.
z One radio in the network is provisioned Master.
z All other radios in the network must be provisioned Slave.
z The slave radios all sync to the clock provided by the master.

SynchrE: Any Synchronous Ethernet clock source available at enabled User Ethernet traffic interfaces (both
electrical and optical) configured in synchronous operation mode (the specific User Ethernet port has to
be chosen).
z From ITU-T G.8264 point of view, the MSS is a Synchronous Ethernet equipment equipped with a
system clock (NEC) following the ITU-T G.8262 recommendation.
z A User Ethernet interface configured in synchronous operation mode can work only at 1Gigabit/s.
z In the particular case of electrical User Ethernet interfaces, these interfaces perform link auto
negotiation to determine the master and slave clocks for the link.
z The clock slave role must be configured as part of auto negotiation parameters in order to use the
interface as Synchronous Ethernet clock source.

N.B.: SSM are transparently forwarded in most of the configurations.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 65
 7 Configuration Tool
7.5 Synchronization Configuration [cont.] MPR-e only

Synchronization Tab Panel

z Synchronization Tab Panel is divided in fields:

ƒ Synchronization Type

ƒ External Synchronization Type

z <Apply> : To apply the configuration parameters set by the operator to

the equipment.

1 · 1 · 66 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 66
 7 Configuration Tool
7.5 Synchronization Configuration [cont.] MPR-e only

Synchronization Configuration

z This field allows to choose the synchronization

type between “PCR” and “SyncE”

z PCR configuration
ƒ (Proprietary Clock Recovery): the time stamp
inside the Ethernet frame is used.
ƒ Fill in the corresponding Source and Destination
Mac Address

z SyncE configuration
ƒ With this mode for the electrical interface the
selection among Autonegotiation/Master/Slave
must be performed.
ƒ Choose the role of the NE for the synchronization
(Automatic, Master, Slave)

1 · 1 · 67 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 67
 7 Configuration Tool
7.6 Radio Configuration

Radio
tab panel
1/2

1 · 1 · 68 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Radio Configuration view allows the operator to manage the resources of the radio transmission
channel.
z A Radio NE consists of one or two radio channels with a set of functional blocks (tributary ports, radio
ports etc).

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 68
 7 Configuration Tool
7.6 Radio Configuration [cont.]

Radio
tab panel
2/2

1 · 1 · 69 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Radio Configuration view allows the operator to manage the resources of the radio transmission
channel.
z A Radio NE consists of one or two radio channels with a set of functional blocks (tributary ports, radio
ports etc).

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 69
 7 Configuration Tool
7.6 Radio Configuration [cont.]

Radio Tab Panel

z Radio Tab Panel is divided in fields:

ƒ Telecommunication Standard
ƒ Modulation
ƒ Transmit Power Control
ƒ Frequency

z <Apply> : To apply the configuration parameters set by the operator to

the equipment.

1 · 1 · 70 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 70
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.1 Telecommunication Standard

z This field allows to configure the Telecommunication Standard market used by

the equipment:
ƒ ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute.
ƒ ANSI: American National Standards Institute.

1 · 1 · 71 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 71
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation

z This field allows to configure the

modulation structure on the air:

ƒ Coding Modulation Type

ƒ Channel Spacing
ƒ Modem Profile Option
ƒ Reference Modulation

ƒ Allowed Modulations: This field is READ

only and presents the capacity in Mbit/s
on the air depending on, together:
y Coding Modulation Type choice,
y Channel Spacing choice,
y Modem Profile Option choice,
y Reference Modulation choice.

1 · 1 · 72 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 72
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation [cont.]

z Operation without the Adaptive Modulation (Fixed Coded Modulation)

Select in the Coding Modulation Type field
“Fixed (FCM)”.

Select in the Channel Spacing field the

suitable channel spacing to be used.

Select in the Modem Profile Option field

the spectral efficiency class to be set as
reference

Select in the Reference Modulation field

the suitable Modulation scheme.

According to the previous four selections the

relevant capacity in the Allowed
Modulations field will appear.

To confirm the selection click on Apply.

1 · 1 · 73 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The possible choices for each field:

z Coding Modulation Type:

z Fixed (Fixed Coded Modulation)
z Adaptative (Adaptative Coded Modulation)

z Channel Spacing:
z 3,5 MHz
z 7 MHz
z 14 MHz
z 28 MHz
z 40 MHz
z 56 MHz

z Modem Profile Option:

z Current Mask Standard Profile
z Current Mask SDH Capacity
z New Mask Standard Profile

z Reference Modulation:
z QPSK
z 8 PSK
z 16 QAM
z 32 QAM
z 64 QAM
z 128 QAM
z 256 QAM

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 73
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation [cont.]
z Operation with the Adaptive Modulation (Adaptative Coded Modulation)
Select in the Channel Spacing field the suitable Select in the Coding Modulation Type
channel spacing to be used. field “Adaptative (ACM)”.

Select in the Modem Profile Option field the

spectral efficiency class to be set as reference

Select in the Reference Modulation field the

lowest modulation scheme (from QPSK) to be
used by the Adaptative Modulation.

Choose in the Allowed Modulation field all the

modulation schemes to be used with the
Adaptive Modulation. The modulation schemes
(from the lowest to the highest scheme) must
be contiguous

The Allowed Modulation field is a read-only

field, which shows the current used modulation
and capacity. The current modulation will
depend on the fading activity during the
propagation.
To update this field press the Refresh button. To confirm the selection click on Apply.

1 · 1 · 74 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: If the current Modulation scheme is 4 QAM, it not possible to force to 64 QAM, but first must be
forced to 16 QAM and then to 64 QAM. Also if the current Modulation is 64 QAM, to pass to 4 QAM first must
be forced to 16 QAM and then to 4 QAM.
z Warning: with the up and down arrows, below the Forced Modulation field, it is possible to increase or
decrease the part of the screen relevant to the parameters of the Adaptive Modulation.

The possible choices for each field:

z Coding Modulation Type:

z Fixed (Fixed Coded Modulation)
z Adaptative (Adaptative Coded Modulation)

z Channel Spacing:
z 3,5 MHz, 7 MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz, 40 MHz, 56 MHz

z Modem Profile Option:

z Current Mask Standard Profile
z Current Mask SDH Capacity
z New Mask Standard Profile

z Reference Modulation:
z QPSK, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 74
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation [cont.]

z Channel Spacing Change

Capacity Up-Grade
ƒ In this case all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH will be kept.
ƒ The residual bandwidth for the lowest modulation scheme is recomputed.

Capacity Down-Grade
ƒ If all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH stays in the capacity
associated to the new modulation scheme:
y they will be kept,
y the residual bandwidth for the new modulation scheme is recomputed.
ƒ If all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH cannot stay in the capacity
associated to the new modulation scheme:
y the change of channel spacing is rejected by CT/NMS.

1 · 1 · 75 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z A specific behavior must be followed when the Channel Spacing needs to be changed, to pre-serve any
pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH. Consequently, two cases must be taken into account: Capacity Up-
grade and Capacity Down-Grade.

z When the admission control is enabled,

It means that the admission control was performed with the capacity of the lowest modulation scheme.
z When the admission control is disabled,
It means that the admission control was performed with the capacity of the highest modulation scheme.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 75
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation [cont.]

z Modulation Change

Capacity Up-Grade
ƒ When the admission control is enabled,
all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH are kept.
ƒ When the admission control is disabled,
all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH will work if the current capacity
is able to support all of them, otherwise all pre-configured TDM2TDM or
TDM2ETH will not work.
Capacity Down-Grade
ƒ When the admission control is enabled,
all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH will be kept.
ƒ When the admission control is disabled,
all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH will be kept if the current
capacity is able to support all of them, otherwise all pre-configured TDM2TDM
or TDM2ETH will be completely lost.

1 · 1 · 76 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z When the Adaptative Modulation engine changes the modulation, the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH
traffic must be managed according to the behavior here after described. Two cases must be taken into
account: Capacity Up-grade and Capacity Down-Grade.

z When the admission control is enabled,

It means that the admission control was performed with the capacity of the lowest modulation scheme.
z When the admission control is disabled,
It means that the admission control was performed with the capacity of the highest modulation scheme.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 76
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.2 Modulation [cont.]

z Modulation Working Mode Change

ƒ From Fixed to Adaptive
y Adaptive Modulation can be enabled only if the ATPC is disabled.
y When the Adaptive Modulation is enabled and Admission Control is enabled the
behavior is:
{ If all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH in the Old Fixed Modem Profile, stay in the
capacity associated to the lowest Modulation Scheme, the request of change is accepted and
the residual bandwidth for the lowest Modulation Scheme is computed.
{ If all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH cannot stay in the capacity associated to the
lowest Modulation Scheme, the request of change is rejected.
y When the Adaptive Modulation is enabled and Admission Control is disabled all the
pre-con-figured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH in the Old Fixed Modem Profile stay in the
capacity associated to the highest Modulation Scheme, then the request of change is
always accepted and the residual bandwidth for the highest Modulation Scheme is
computed.
ƒ From Adaptive to Fixed
y When the Adaptive Modulation is disabled, if all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or
TDM2ETH in the Old Adaptive Modem Profile, stays in the capacity of the New Fixed
Modem Profile, the request is accepted and the residual bandwidth for new Fixed
Modem Profile will be computed. If all the pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH
cannot stay in the capacity of the New Fixed Modem Profile, the request of change
is rejected.

1 · 1 · 77 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z A specific behavior must be followed when it is needed to move from Adaptive Modulation to Fixed
Modulation or vice-versa, in order to preserve any pre-configured TDM2TDM or TDM2ETH. Two cases must be
taken into account: from Fixed to Adaptive Modulation and from Adaptive to Fixed Modulation. The working
mode changes, here below described, are generic. The changes cover both the change of the modulation
but with the same Channel Spacing and the change of the Channel Spacing.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 77
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control

z This field allows to

configure the Transmit
Power of the Radio
channels on the air:

ƒ To mute the transmitters

ƒ To choose the Transmit

Power Control Mode:
y RTPC
y ATPC

1 · 1 · 78 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 78
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control [cont.]

Mute • Tick on <Mute>

• Then, click on <OK>, then <Apply>

• Consequence in Monitoring/Alarms

1 · 1 · 79 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The information related to the transmitter status is shown by an icon closed to the Mute field. To
squelch the transmitter tick on Mute field and press Apply button.

z The following indications will appear in the Tx Mute field:

Off: Transmitter not squelch

Manual: Transmitter squelched due to the manual operation

Auto: Transmitter squelched due to an automatic operation

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 79
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control [cont.]

Transmit Power Control Mode

RTPC

After the setting, click on <Apply>

z Manual Transmit Power Control (without Adaptive Modulation)

ƒ If the ATPC is disabled the manual Tx Power field is present.
ƒ In the middle field write the new value within the allowed transmitted power range.
The range is shown in <TX Power> field in the left and right fields.

z Tx Power (with Adaptive Modulation)

ƒ The operator can modify only the Tx power relevant to the reference modulation
scheme.

1 · 1 · 80 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: the same power value will be used by the 16

QAM and 64 QAM modulation schemes

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 80
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control [cont.]

Transmit Power Control Mode

ATPC

z For the ATPC mode, the ATPC Range

and ATPC Remote RSL Threshold
parameters must be filled.

z ATPC Range
ƒ The Min Tx power and Max Tx power,
regarding the Tx Range in the ATPC
management, can be written in the
relevant field. After the setting, click on <Apply>

z ATPC Remote RSL Threshold

ƒ The value of the low power threshold can be changed by writing the new value in the
field. When the Rx power is equal to this power the ATPC algorithm starts to operate.

1 · 1 · 81 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: the ATPC area is not present if the Adaptive

Modulation has been selected.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 81
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.3 Transmit Power Control [cont.]

Transmit Power Control Mode

ATPC

RSL Driving Criteria

z Select in the
<Driving Remote RSL in 1+1 – HSB>
field the suitable value.

z In 1+1 FD and HSB configurations both

the transmitters can be driven by the
lowest or by the highest RSL values of After the setting, click on <Apply>
the two remote demodulators.

This feature is Not Applicable in the current release

1 · 1 · 82 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 82
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.4 Frequency

z This field allows to configure the Frequencies of the Radio channels.

ƒ The system can operate with different types of ODU according to the RF band and to
the channel arrangement. There are ODUs which can manage only one shifter or
several predefined shifters.
ƒ In the Shifter field select the suitable shifter.
ƒ In the Tx frequency field insert the suitable Tx frequency (the Rx frequency is
automatically calculated by using the inserted Tx frequency and the shifter).
ƒ Note: The “Tick” button <Allow Rx Frequency Tuning> permits to change both the Tx
and Rx Frequencies.

1 · 1 · 83 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The Tx and Rx frequencies fields have three values of frequencies:

The middle field is used to set a frequency inside the allowed frequency range given by the ODU
represented by the left and right fields.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 83
 7.6 Radio Configuration
7.6.4 Frequency [cont.]

z By clicking on ,
you can display the associated frequency plan of the connected ODU according
to the Radio channels frequencies configuration (Shifter, Tx Frequency, Rx
Frequency) with, in red, the channel spacing configured in Modulation field.

1 · 1 · 84 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The Tx and Rx frequencies fields have three values of frequencies:

The middle field is used to set a frequency inside the allowed frequency range given by the ODU
represented by the left and right fields.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 84
 7 Configuration Tool
7.7 Advanced Radio

• The Advanced Radio configuration permits

•To set the Radio Link Identifiers

1 · 1 · 85 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 85
 7 Configuration Tool
7.7 Advanced Radio [cont.]

z This part allows the operator to define the expected and

sent identifier values of parameters related to the link
management and, if necessary, modify them.
z The operator choices will be sent to the NE by clicking on
the related “Apply” button.
z If the Link Identifier is Enabled the following fields can be
written:
ƒ Expected Rx Identifier: this field is the link identifier expected
at the receiving NE
ƒ Tx Identifier: this field is the link identifier inserted on the
transmitting NE.

1 · 1 · 86 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 86
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning

The configuration of the MSS-1c is done with a

< Provisioning Tool > application

1 · 1 · 87 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 87
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning [cont.]

MSS-1c Provisioning Tab Panel

Four fields are available:

z 1) MSS-1c PROVISIONING TOOL –

ƒ This field allows to configure the MSS-1c with the < Provisioning Tool >
application.
z 2) FTP SERVER PARAMETERS –
ƒ This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to download the
<MSS-1c Provisioning File> to the NE.
z 3) DOWNLOAD AND EXECUTE MSS-1c PROVISIONING FILE –
ƒ Through this field the <MSS-1c Configuration File> is downloaded to the NE
in order to set the MSS-1c subrack with operational parameters.
z 4) UPLOAD MSS-1c PROVISIONING FILE –
ƒ Through this field the MSS-1c subrack operational parameters is saved in a
<MSS-1c Provisioning File>.

1 · 1 · 88 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 88
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning [cont.]

z This field allows to configure the MSS-1c with the

< Provisioning Tool > application

MSS-1c Provisioning Tool screen

z Click on the “Start Tool” button to run the < Provisioning Tool >
application

1 · 1 · 89 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The < Provisioning Tool > application is explained later in this document

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 89
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning [cont.]

z This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to download the
<MSS-1c Configuration File> to the NE.

Server access configuration screen

1 · 1 · 90 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

zIn the Server Address field write the IP address of the FTP server.
zUser Name and Password are the login information to access the FTP server.
zIn the Port field write the port to be used.
zBy clicking on the Check button, the server access values will be filled in automatically with the default
configuration.

zThe CT is the default FTP server with the following parameters:

z User Id: anonymous
z Password: -
z Address: local host IP address.
z Port: 21
z Root Dir: /

zNote: If as FTP Server the Apache Server, available on the TCO Software Suite Rel. 4.4 DVD-ROM, is used,
enter the following parameters:
z Server address: PC address
z Username: anonymous
z Password: anonymous
z Port: 21

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 90
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning [cont.]

z Through this field the <MSS-1c Configuration File> is downloaded to the

NE in order to set the MSS-1c subrack with operational parameters.
z This field can be used as a configuration RESTORE .

Download and Execute MSS-1c Configuration File screen

1 · 1 · 91 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select in your PC

z the directory and,
z the <MSS-1c Configuration File> file
containing the MSS-1c operational parameters you want to download to the MSS-1c subrack.

2. Then, click on the Download and Execute button to begin the download process.

3. When the <MSS-1c Configuration File> download starts, a screen showing the in progress operation of the
download appears. The download is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 91
 7 Configuration Tool
7.8 MSS-1c Provisioning [cont.]

z Through this field the MSS-1c subrack operational parameters is saved in

a <MSS-1c Configuration File>.
z This field can be used as a configuration BACKUP .

Upload MSS-1c Configuration File screen

1 · 1 · 92 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select and choose in your PC:

z the directory and,
z the <MSS-1c Configuration File> file name
where you want to upload the ACTIVE MSS-1c operational parameters from the MSS-1c subrack.

2. Then, click on the Upload button to begin the upload process.

3. When the ACTIVE MSS-1c operational parameters upload starts, a screen showing the in progress operation
of the upload appears. The upload is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 92
 7 Configuration Tool
7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration MPR-e only

Ethernet Traffic QoS

tab panel

1 · 1 · 93 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 93
 7 Configuration Tool
7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration [cont.] MPR-e only

QoS Configuration Tab Panel

z QoS Configuration Tab Panel is divided in fields:

ƒ Legacy Ethernet Traffic QoS

(this field allows to configure the Ethernet Traffic
QoS parameters to be applied to the equipment):

y QoS Classification (None, 802.1p, Diffserv)

y Ether Type Classification
y Scheduling Algorithms

z <Apply> : To apply the configuration

parameters set by the operator to the
equipment.

1 · 1 · 94 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 94
 7 Configuration Tool
7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration [cont.] MPR-e only

QoS Configuration Tab Panel [cont.]

IEEE 802.p

None Diffserv

z Depending on the QoS Classification,

three “Legacy Ethernet Traffic QoS”
screens can be seen:

1 · 1 · 95 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 95
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.1 QoS Classification MPR-e only

z Quality Of Service
ƒ The Ethernet switch provides a Quality of Service mechanism to control all
streams. If the QoS is disabled, all traffic inside the switch has the same
priority, this means that for each switch port there is only one queue (FIFO)
therefore the first packet that arrives is the first that will be transmitted.

z This field allows to set the suitable Quality Of Service to be applied to

the NE:
ƒ None
ƒ IEEE 802.1p: the packet is examined for the presence of a valid 802.1P user-
priority tag. If the tag is present the correspondent priority is assigned to the
packet;
ƒ Diffserv: each packet is classified based on DSCP field in the IP header to
assign the priority;
1 · 1 · 96 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

DEFAULTS VALUES:
QoS based on IEEE std. 802.1p
z When 802.1p QoS mechanism is adopted, the reference is the standard “IEEE 802.1D-2004 Annex G User
priorities and traffic classes” that defines 7 traffic types and the corresponding user priority values.
z Considering that in the Radio Interface module for generic Ethernet traffic there are five egress queues
the mapping 802.1p value to queue is the following:

802.1P priority Queue

111, 110 Q5 (higher priority)
101 Q4
100 Q3
011, 000 Q2
010, 001 Q1
QoS based on DiffServ

DiffServ priority Diffserv value Queue

111000, 110000, 101110, 101000 56, 48, 46, 40 Q5 (higher priority)
100110, 100100, 100010, 100000 38, 36, 34, 32 Q4
011110, 011100, 011010, 011000 30, 28, 26, 24 Q3
010110, 010100, 010010, 010000 22, 20, 18, 16 Q2
001110, 001100, 001010, 001000 14, 12, 10, 8,
000000 0
All remaining values Q1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 96
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.2 Ether Type Classification MPR-e only

Ether Type Classification

z This field allows to set, if desired, for

each non High Priority Queue (1 to 5),
the type of Ethernet frame that will
be sent to this queue.

z Ether Type examples:

ƒ 0x0800=IP
ƒ 0x0806 = ARP
ƒ 0x8035 = RARP
ƒ 0x888E = 802.1X
ƒ 0x8863 = PPPoE Control frames
ƒ 0x8864 = PPPoE Data frames

1 · 1 · 97 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Adding/Deleting a Ether Type Classification:

z Add Last: to add at the top of the list

z Add: to add at the end of the list

z Delete: to delete the highlighted line

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 97
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.3 Scheduling Algorithms MPR-e only

Scheduling Algorithms

z This field allows to configure, if

desired, for each non High Priority
Queue (1 to 5):
ƒ The Scheduling Mode: DWRR,
ƒ The DWRR Weight of the Deficit Weight
Round Robin scheduler chosen for this
queue.

z Note: you can choose the “Defaults”

values

1 · 1 · 98 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 98
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.4 IEEE 802.1p Classification MPR-e only

IEEE 802.1p Classification z This field allows to configure the IEEE

802.1p priority frames allowed for
each non High Priority Queue (1 to 5)
classified as:
ƒ Best Effort frames (001),
ƒ Background frames (000),
ƒ Spare frames (010),
ƒ Excellent Effort frames (100),
ƒ Controlled Load frames (011),
ƒ Video frames (110),
ƒ Voice frames (111),
ƒ Network Control frames (101).

z Note: you can choose the “Defaults”

values

1 · 1 · 99 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 99
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.5 Diffserv Classification MPR-e only

Diffserv Classification

z This field allows to set, if desired, for

each non High Priority Queue (1 to 5),
the range of Diffserv classification
values:
ƒ Minimum Diffserv Code Point
ƒ Maximum Diffserv Code Point

Notes:
z You can choose the “Defaults” values
z The highest priority queue is 5
z The highest priority queue corresponds to the transmission of packets whose
diffserv classification priority is the highest (range of diffserv priority values).
z The next queue does not contain the range of diffserv priority values of the
previous queue.
z The range of diffserv priority values has to be set in ascending order
corresponding to the ascending order of the queues.
1 · 1 · 100 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 100
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.5 Diffserv Classification [cont.] MPR-e only

Diffserv Classification Values Choice

z The choice for “Queue Identifier” is one

of the the non High Priority Queue (1 to 5)

z The choice for “Minimum Diffserv Code Point” and “Maximum Diffserv Code
Point” is one of the Diffserv classification values 0 (000000) to 63 (111111)

1 · 1 · 101 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 101
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.5 Diffserv Classification [cont.] MPR-e only

Adding a Diffserv Classification

z Add Last: to add the Diffserv

Classification at the top of the list

z Add: to add the Diffserv Classification

at the end of the list

1 · 1 · 102 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 102
 7.9 Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration
7.9.5 Diffserv Classification [cont.] MPR-e only

Deleting a Diffserv Classification

z Delete: to delete the highlighted

Diffserv Classification

Example with Errors

z Example of setting with errors:

Range of diffserv priority values of the
first 2 queues do not follow the rules.

1 · 1 · 103 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 103
 7 Configuration Tool
7.10 Networking Configuration

z For Networking configuration, three tool

tab-panels are available:

1) NETWORK INTERFACES TOOL –

2) STATIC ROUTING TOOL –
3) TRUSTED SNMP MANAGERS –

1 · 1 · 104 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 104
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration MSS-1c

Network Interfaces
Configuration
Tab Panel
1 · 1 · 105 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 105
 7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration
7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration [cont.] MSS-1c

Network Interfaces Configuration Tab Panel

z Six fields are available:

z 1) NE IP PARAMETERS –
ƒ Defines the local IP address of the NE.
y Default IP address: 10.0.1.2
y Default mask: 255.255.255.255
z 2) TMN RF ACCESS –
ƒ To validate the TMN RF channel to supervise the remote station.
z 3) NMS1 –
ƒ Defines the IP address associated to the physical interface Network Management
Service 1 (NMS1 connector).
z 4) NMS2 –
ƒ Defines the IP address associated to the physical interface Network Management
Service 2 (NMS2 connector).
z 5) TMN IN-BAND –
ƒ Defines the IP address of the TMN supervision channel defined with a VLAN identifier
inside a user Ethernet traffic.
z 6) CT –
ƒ Defines the IP address associated to the Craft Terminal connected to the physical
interface CT (CT connector). These fields are Read-only.

1 · 1 · 106 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z If used:
z Assign an IP address with its IP mask

z When you have finished to configure the “Network Interfaces Configuration” tab panel,
do not forget to apply it to the NE (<Apply> button on the top right of the window).

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 106
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration [cont.] MPR-e

Network Interfaces
Configuration
Tab Panel
1 · 1 · 107 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 107
 7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration
7.10.1 Network Interfaces Configuration [cont.] MPR-e

Network Interfaces Configuration Tab Panel

z Three fields are available:

z 1) NE IP PARAMETERS –
ƒ Defines the local IP address of the NE.
y Default IP address: 10.0.1.2
y Default mask: 255.255.255.255
z 2) TMN RF ACCESS –
ƒ To validate the TMN RF channel to supervise the remote station.
z 3) TMN IN-BAND –
ƒ Defines the IP address of the TMN supervision channel defined with a VLAN
identifier inside a user Ethernet traffic.

1 · 1 · 108 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z If used:
z Assign an IP address with its IP mask

z When you have finished to configure the “Network Interfaces Configuration” tab panel,
do not forget to apply it to the NE (<Apply> button on the top right of the window).

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 108
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.2 Static Routing Configuration

Static Routing Configuration Tab Panel

1 · 1 · 109 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 109
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.2 Static Routing Configuration [cont.]

Static Routing Configuration

• For each Static Route to configure, we have to make a choice for:

- Route Type
- Point To Point Link

1 · 1 · 110 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This is the IP interface to a host or network. Typically used at a spur to interface a host over the RF path. In this
scenario, the Default Gateway IP Address is 0.0.0.0 and the IP Mask (greyed out) is 0.0.0.0. Also typically used at an
end terminal in a radio link for interface with the network.

z WARNING:
{ No pending (open) static routes are allowed.
{ The default software uses first the static routes and then the dynamic routes. An open static route is always
considered as a preferential path.
z If in the screen the Default Gateway IP Address check box has been selected, write in the Default Gateway IP
Address field below the relevant IP address.

z By pressing Add Last or Add pushbutton it is possible to create new or change existing IP static routes

The following fields and data are present:

z Route Type (Default, Network, Host)
z Destination IP Address: allows to define the IP address necessary to reach a specific host/network
z Destination Mask: allows to define the IP Mask to reach a network
z Point To Point Link interface type: allows to use point to point interfaces made available by the NE to address
the link on the radio side.
z Default Gateway IP Address: allows to define the address of the next hop gateway reachable on the TMN In-band
interface.
In the Host or Network Address Choice field select:
z Host to address to a single IP address;
z Network to address to a range of IP addresses.
In the Default Gateway or Point to Point I/F Choice select:
z Default Gateway IP Address for the Ethernet interface;
z Point to Point Interface Index for the NMS channels.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 110
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.2 Static Routing Configuration [cont.]

Adding a Static Route

• Add Last: to add the route at the top of the list

• Add: to add the route at the end of the list

1 · 1 · 111 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 111
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.2 Static Routing Configuration [cont.]

Deleting a Static Route

• Delete: to delete the highlighted route

1 · 1 · 112 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 112
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.3 Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration

Trusted SNMP Managers

Configuration
Tab Panel
1 · 1 · 113 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 113
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.3 Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration [cont.]

Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration

• For each Trusted SNMP Manager to declare, we have to fill in the

following parameters:

- Manager IP Address
- Traps UDP Port
- Type (Network Manager Layer, Equipment Manager Layer)

Definition: A Trusted Manager is a SNMP manager to which the NE automatically

sends the TRAPS generated inside the NE.
1 · 1 · 114 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 114
 7.10 Networking Configuration
7.10.3 Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration [cont.]

Registration

To delete a Manager, select the Manager from the list, then press < Unregister >
1 · 1 · 115 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 115
 7 Configuration Tool
7.11 Backup/Restore NE Configuration

1 · 1 · 116 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 116
 7 Configuration Tool
7.11 Backup/Restore NE Configuration [cont.]

Backup / Restore Tab Panel

Four fields are available:

z 1) FTP SERVER PARAMETERS –

ƒ This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to backup / restore
the <NE configuration> to/from the PC.
z 2) BACKUP / RESTORE NE Configuration –
ƒ Through this field the <MSS-1c Configuration File> is downloaded to the NE
in order to set the MSS-1c subrack with operational parameters.

1 · 1 · 117 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 117
 7 Configuration Tool
7.11 Backup/Restore NE Configuration [cont.]

z This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to backup /

restore the <NE configuration> to/from the PC.

Server access configuration screen

1 · 1 · 118 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

zIn the Server Address field write the IP address of the FTP server.
zUser Name and Password are the login information to access the FTP server.
zIn the Port field write the port to be used.
zBy clicking on the Check button, the server access values will be filled in automatically with the default
configuration.

zThe CT is the default FTP server with the following parameters:

z User Id: anonymous
z Password: -
z Address: local host IP address.
z Port: 21
z Root Dir: /

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 118
 7 Configuration Tool
7.11 Backup/Restore NE Configuration [cont.]

z This field allows:

- to make a backup (to save the <NE Configuration> to the PC
- to make a restore (to download a <NE Configuration>, from a
previously done backup, to the NE

Backup / Restore NE Configuration screen

1 · 1 · 119 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select in your PC

z the directory and,
z the <NE Configuration> file name
containing the NE operational parameters you want to backup/restore to/from the PC.

2. Then, click on the Backup or Restore button to begin the backup/restore process.

3. When the < NE Configuration > backup/restore starts, a screen showing the in-progress operation of the
backup/restore appears. The backup/restore is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 119
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 120 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 120
 8 Monitoring Tool

1 · 1 · 121 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 121
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.1 Monitoring Tool

1 · 1 · 122 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 122
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.1 Monitoring Tool [cont.]

Monitoring Tool

z “Monitoring Tool” is divided in:

ƒ Alarms
ƒ Power Measurements
ƒ Modem Measurements

1 · 1 · 123 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 123
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.2 Alarms

z The “Alarms” tab panel allow to display and

store the alarms of the equipment.

1 · 1 · 124 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 124
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.2 Alarms [cont.]

z In the “Alarms” tab panel,

two tab panels for the <Current Alarms> and the <Alarms Log>.

Current Alarms: shows all the equipment alarms currently present,

Alarms Log: shows all the equipment alarms currently present and the history of
the alarms (i.e. cleared alarms).

1 · 1 · 125 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Note:
When an alarm is no longer active, it disappears from the Current Alarm list and it is displayed in the Alarm
Log list as a cleared alarm.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 125
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.2 Alarms [cont.]

z Within the “Alarms” tab panel, each alarm is provided with the
information below.

ƒ Time Stamp: date and time of the alarm. The format of date and time is
mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss.
ƒ Probable cause: name of the probable cause of the alarm.
ƒ Type: alarm class
y COMMUNICATION = Communication Alarm – alarm not created inside the equipment,
but generated by a connected equipment or due to transmission/propagation
problems
y EQUIPMENT: inside alarm of the equipment.
ƒ Object: object of the equipment where the alarm occurred (equal to Friendly
Name).
ƒ Severity: alarm severity.
ƒ Additional Text: this is an additional text regarding the alarm.

1 · 1 · 126 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 126
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.2 Alarms [cont.]

Alarms Tab Panel Tool Bar

Four tools menus are available:

z 1) CLEAR ALARMS LOG –

ƒ One choice: to clear the “Alarms Log” list.

z 2) PRINT –
ƒ One choice: to print the list of alarms
(“Current Alarms” or “Alarms Log”).

z 3) AUTO-SCROLL –
ƒ One choice: to scroll automatically the list of the alarms.

z 4) FILTER –
ƒ To organize the display of the alarms by a filter or not.

1 · 1 · 127 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 127
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.2 Alarms [cont.]

Filter Tool Menu

z SEVERITY – Filter

z TYPE – Filter

z NO FILTER

1 · 1 · 128 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Perceived severity filter

z Select Alarm Severity and then one severity level to filter the alarm having the selected severity
levels:
„ CRITICAL
„ MAJOR
„ MINOR
„ WARNING
„ INDETERMINATE
z Alarm Type filter
z Select Alarm Type to create a filter for the selected type of alarm:
„ COMMUNICATION = Communication or Transmission alarm
„ QUALITY OF SERVICE = Traffic alarm
„ PROCESSING ERROR = Supervision alarm
„ EQUIPMENT = Equipment alarm
„ ENVIRONMENTAL = Housekeeping alarm

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 128
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.3 Power Measurements

z The Power Measurements capability is performed by means of

the <Power Measurements> tabbed panel of the Monitoring tool.

1 · 1 · 129 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 129
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.3 Power Measurements [cont.]

Power Measurements Tab Panel

z Power Measurements Tab Panel is divided in two fields:

ƒ Near End to Far End Power Monitoring
ƒ Far End to Near End Power Monitoring

These fields are identical for Monitoring and represent the linked end-point of the two
NE (from a local point of view, one field for transmission view and one field for
reception view).
1 · 1 · 130 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 130
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.1 Start/Stop Monitoring

Span choice for the monitoring

z Before to start the monitoring, choose the span of the “Power

Measurement Graphic” screen, it can be:
ƒ 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 24 hours.

1 · 1 · 131 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 131
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.1 Start/Stop Monitoring [cont.]

Start/Stop Monitoring

z 1) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 2) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 3) STOP MONITORING –

Note: During the monitoring, you can see at

anytime the Refresh Period Time you selected

1 · 1 · 132 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 132
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.2 Power Measurements Graphic

Power Measurements Graphic

z The “Power Measurement Graphic” screen shows the Tx and Rx

measurements related to the local and remote NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see, in real time,
ƒ the power transmitted in green color by the local and remote transmitter (Tx),
ƒ the power received in blue color by the local and remote receiver (Rx).

1 · 1 · 133 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 133
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.2 Power Measurements Graphic [cont.]

On the left and right side of the “Power Measurement

Graphic” screen, two bar-graphs; these bar-graphs,
from left to right, show the following relevant values of
the transmitted and received power :

z In the field < Near End to Far End Power Monitoring >
ƒ NE Tx Power (in green color)
y Near End Tx Power value (local equipment)
ƒ FE RSL (in blue color)
y Far End Receive Signal Level (remote equipment)

z In the field < Far End to Near End Power Monitoring >
ƒ NE RSL (in blue color)
y Near End Receive Signal Level (local equipment)
ƒ FE Tx Power (in green color)
y Far End Tx Power value (remote equipment)

Note: The current Tx and Rx local and remote values is given too.

1 · 1 · 134 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: PTx and PRx levels software readings tolerance: PTx=Real Value ± 3dB; PRx=Real Value ± 5dB.
z WARNING:
z Radio analog transmitted power level (local ODU)
„ In case of ICP or Cable Loss alarms the value shown at management system is -99.8 dBm. In case of mute
status the value shown at management system is -100 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed
range, the value shown by the management system is -101 dBm.
z Radio analog received power level (local ODU)
„ In case of ICP or Cable Loss alarms the value shown at management system is -99.8 dBm. In case of
failure on reading the register containing the received power the value shown at management system is
-99.7 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed range, the value shown by the management
system is -101 dBm.
z Radio analog transmitted power level (remote ODU)
„ In case of broken radio link the value shown at management system is -99.6 dBm. In case of mute status
the value shown at management system is -100 dBm. In case of failure on reading the register containing
the remote transmitted power the value shown at management system is -99.7 dBm. If the power level
read is out of the allowed range, the value shown by the management system is -101 dBm. In case of
alarms on the remote NE on one of the two radio channels in HSB configuration (typically ICP, Cable
Loss, Crad Missing, Card Fail), the value shown by the management system is -127 dBm.
z Radio analog received power level (remote ODU)
„ In case of failure on reading the register containing the remote received power the value shown at
management system is -99.7 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed range, the value shown
by the management system is -101 dBm. In case of alarms on the remote NE on one of the two radio
channels in HSB configuration (typically ICP, Cable Loss, Card Missing, Card Fail), the value shown by
the management system is -127 dBm.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 134
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.3 Power Measurements Curves Management

Go to the first
Measurement point

Go to the last
Measurement point

1 · 1 · 135 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 135
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.3 Power Measurements Curves Management [cont.]

Move the curve

towards the left

Move the curve

towards the right

1 · 1 · 136 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 136
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.3 Power Measurements Curves Management [cont.]

Zoom In

Zoom Out

1 · 1 · 137 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 137
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.3 Power Measurements Curves Management [cont.]

Erase all curves !

Scroll lock
To freeze the display

1 · 1 · 138 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 138
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.4 Export Power Measurements Data

Export Data to a .csv File

z By clicking on “Export data to a .csv file”, you save the Power

Measurements in a .csv file.

z Then the MCT asks you to choose a path and name for this file in your
PC (You can store the file in any directory).

1 · 1 · 139 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 139
 8.3 Power Measurements
8.3.4 Export Power Measurements Data [cont.]

Export Data to a .csv File

-1- Choose a path and name for

this file in your PC (You can
store the file in any
directory).

-2- The log file contains the sample value and records the measurement
up to a maximum dimension (7 days for a 2 s sample time).
1 · 1 · 140 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The measurement file can be opened also with a standard text editor (e.g. WordPad). Go in the
directory where the .csv files are stored and open the file. The measurements are shown in the tabular
mode.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 140
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.4 Modem Measurements

z The Modem Measurements capability is performed by means of the

<Modem Measurements> tabbed panel of the Monitoring tool.

1 · 1 · 141 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 141
 8 Monitoring Tool
8.4 Modem Measurements [cont.]

Modem Measurements Tab Panel

z Modem Measurements Tab Panel is divided in two fields:

ƒ Near End to Far End Modem Monitoring
ƒ Far End to Near End Modem Monitoring

These fields are identical for Monitoring and represent the linked end-point of the two
NE (from a local point of view, one field for transmission view and one field for
reception view).
1 · 1 · 142 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 142
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.1 Start/Stop Monitoring

Span choice for the monitoring

z Before to start the monitoring, choose the span of the “Modem

Measurement Graphic” screen, it can be:
ƒ 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 24 hours.

1 · 1 · 143 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 143
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.1 Start/Stop Monitoring [cont.]

Start/Stop Monitoring

z 1) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 2) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 3) STOP MONITORING –

Note: During the monitoring, you can see at

anytime the Refresh Period Time you selected

1 · 1 · 144 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 144
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.2 Mean Square Error

MSE: Mean Square Error

z The “Mean Square Error” is the arithmetic mean of the
squared differences between forecasts and observations.

Tx message : 1110 1100

Rx message : 1110 1100
1110

1100
z In Radio Link Systems,
the “Mean Square Error” is
a modulation error from
Intersymbol distance the theoretical threshold
of the equipment.
z MSE is expressed in dB.
16-QAM Modulation – drawback
Rx – weak noise

1 · 1 · 145 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 145
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.3 Modem Measurements Graphic

Modem Measurements Graphic

z The “Modem Measurement Graphic” screen shows the Mean Square
Error (MSE) and the Modulation/Demodulation Schemes measurements
related to the local and remote NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see, in real time,
ƒ the Mean Square Error level (expressed in dB) in pink color measured by the
remote receiver (MSE: Mean Square Error),
ƒ the Modulation (in blue color)/Demodulation (in yellow color) Schemes
measured by the local equipment.

1 · 1 · 146 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 146
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.3 Modem Measurements Graphic [cont.]

On the left and right side of the “Modem Measurement

Graphic” screen, two bar-graphs; these bar-graphs,
from left to right, show the following relevant values of
the local and remote MSE (Mean Square Error) :

z In the field < Near End to Far End Modem Monitoring

>
ƒ FE MSE (Mean Square Error), (in pink color)
y Far End Margin Signal Expected (remote equipment)

z In the field < Far End to Near End Modem Monitoring

>
ƒ NE MSE (Mean Square Error), (in pink color)
y Near End Margin Signal Expected (local equipment)

Note: The current MSE local and remote values are given too.

1 · 1 · 147 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: PTx and PRx levels software readings tolerance: PTx=Real Value ± 3dB; PRx=Real Value ± 5dB.
z WARNING:
z Radio analog transmitted power level (local ODU)
„ In case of ICP or Cable Loss alarms the value shown at management system is -99.8 dBm. In case of mute
status the value shown at management system is -100 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed
range, the value shown by the management system is -101 dBm.
z Radio analog received power level (local ODU)
„ In case of ICP or Cable Loss alarms the value shown at management system is -99.8 dBm. In case of
failure on reading the register containing the received power the value shown at management system is
-99.7 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed range, the value shown by the management
system is -101 dBm.
z Radio analog transmitted power level (remote ODU)
„ In case of broken radio link the value shown at management system is -99.6 dBm. In case of mute status
the value shown at management system is -100 dBm. In case of failure on reading the register containing
the remote transmitted power the value shown at management system is -99.7 dBm. If the power level
read is out of the allowed range, the value shown by the management system is -101 dBm. In case of
alarms on the remote NE on one of the two radio channels in HSB configuration (typically ICP, Cable
Loss, Crad Missing, Card Fail), the value shown by the management system is -127 dBm.
z Radio analog received power level (remote ODU)
„ In case of failure on reading the register containing the remote received power the value shown at
management system is -99.7 dBm. If the power level read is out of the allowed range, the value shown
by the management system is -101 dBm. In case of alarms on the remote NE on one of the two radio
channels in HSB configuration (typically ICP, Cable Loss, Card Missing, Card Fail), the value shown by
the management system is -127 dBm.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 147
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.4 Modem Measurements Curves Management

• Go to the first Measurement point

• Go to the last Measurement point
• Move the curve towards the left
• Move the curve towards the right
• Zoom In
• Zoom Out
• Erase all curves !
• Scroll lock

It is the same as « Power Measurements Curves Management »

1 · 1 · 148 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 148
 8.4 Modem Measurements
8.4.5 Export Modem Measurements Data

Export Data to a .csv File

z By clicking on “Export data to a .csv file”, you save the Modem

Measurements in a .csv file.

z Then the MCT asks you to choose a path and name for this file in your
PC (You can store the file in any directory).

It is the same as « Export Power Measurements Data »

1 · 1 · 149 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 149
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 150 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 150
 9 Maintenance Perspective

1 · 1 · 151 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 151
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.1 Maintenance Perspective Navigation

1 · 1 · 152 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 152
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.1 Maintenance Perspective Navigation [cont.]

z Maintenance Perspective is divided in:

ƒ Inventory

ƒ Software Download

ƒ Configuration
y Radio

ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms
y Power Measurements
y Modem Measurements

1 · 1 · 153 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 153
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.2 Inventory Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 154 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 154
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.3 Software Download Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 155 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 155
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.4 Radio Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 156 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 156
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.5 Alarms Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 157 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 157
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.6 Power Measurements Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 158 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 158
 9 Maintenance Perspective
9.7 Modem Measurements Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 159 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 159
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 160 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 160
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective

1 · 1 · 161 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 161
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.1 Troubleshooting Perspective Navigation

1 · 1 · 162 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 162
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.1 Troubleshooting Perspective Navigation [cont.]

z Troubleshooting Perspective is divided in:

ƒ Inventory

ƒ Troubleshooting

ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms
y Power Measurements
y Modem Measurements
y Events

1 · 1 · 163 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 163
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.2 Inventory Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 164 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 164
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool

MPR-e

MSS-1c

The functions described in this section allow to perform the test operations
by loopbacks.
1 · 1 · 165 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 165
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

Troubleshooting Tab Panel

Three fields are available:

z 1) LOOPBACK –
ƒ This field permits to perform tests on the equipment
ƒ In this current release, two loopbacks are available:
y Line Side loopback (the signal is sent back to the Indoor equipment)
y Radio Side loopback (the signal is sent back to the Remote station)

z 2) RESTART NE –
ƒ This field permits to restart the NE

z 3) ACM MANUAL MANAGEMENT –

(Adaptative Coded Modulation Manual Management)
ƒ This field permits to manually lock the ACM engine
ƒ Not active in current release TCO Suite Rel. 4.2

1 · 1 · 166 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 166
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

ACM Manual Management

z Tick on the <Lock ACM engine> box
To lock the ACM engine: z Then select the modulation scheme to
be used

1 · 1 · 167 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 167
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

Loopback (1/4)

To activate a loopback (1/3):

z Choose the values for the

“Loopback Timeout”
z Then click on <Apply> button
z …

1 · 1 · 168 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 168
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

Loopback (2/4)
z …
To activate a loopback (2/3): z Tick on the wanted loopback
z Then click on <Activate> button

Line Side

1 · 1 · 169 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 169
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

Loopback (3/4)
z …
To activate a loopback (3/3): z Tick on the wanted loopback
z Then click on <Activate> button

Radio Side

1 · 1 · 170 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 170
 10.3 Troubleshooting Tool
10.3 Troubleshooting Tool [cont.]

Loopback (4/4)

To deactivate a loopback:
z Click on <Deactivate> button

1 · 1 · 171 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 171
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.4 Alarms Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 172 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 172
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.5 Power Measurements Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 173 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 173
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.6 Modem Measurements Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 1 · 174 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 174
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.7 Events Tool

1 · 1 · 175 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 175
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.7 Events Tool [cont.]

z Event Log Browser is an application which

allows to display all the events occurred in the
NE. An event is meant to be:
ƒ a configuration change
ƒ a change of the value of an attribute
ƒ an automatic switchover
ƒ a manual operation carried out by the operator.

1 · 1 · 176 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The following information is provided for each event:

z Date: date and time of occurrence of the event. The format is week day/month/year hh:mm:ss.
Reference Time (CEST) year.
z Source: Indicates which application (tool) is invoked.
z Details: a statement built with the event log data to explain what the event represents.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 176
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.7 Events Tool [cont.]

z Clear: to clear the history events memory

z Filter: to filter the display of events (see next page)

1 · 1 · 177 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 177
 10 Troubleshooting Perspective
10.7 Events Tool [cont.]

z Filter Errors: to display only the non successful events

z Filter Informations: to display only the informations events

z No Filter: to display all events

1 · 1 · 178 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 178
 11 Performance Monitoring Perspective

1 · 1 · 179 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 179
 11 Performance Monitoring Perspective
11.1 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation

z MSS-1c

z MPR-e

1 · 1 · 180 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 180
 11.1 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation
[cont.]

z Performance Monitoring Perspective

is divided in:

ƒ Normalized
y CH1 Radio Hop - Counters Thresholds
- 15Min Counters
- 24H Counters
y CH0 Radio Hop - Counters Thresholds
- 15Min Counters
- 24H Counters
y Radio Link - Counters Thresholds
- 15Min Counters MSS-1c MPR-e
- 24H Counters
ƒ Adaptative Modulation
y 15Min Counters
y 24H Counters
ƒ Ethernet
y QoS Counters
y Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only) The use of this Perspective
ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms
“Performance Monitoring”
y Events is explained in the module
Section 3 – Module 6”

1 · 1 · 181 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 181
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 182 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 182
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View

1 · 1 · 183 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

WebEML MPR TCO Suite Rel. 4.2

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 183
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View
12.1 Main view

z MSS-1c Provisioning Tool Title

Main Tool Bar Area

NAVIGATOR RESOURCE AREA

1 · 1 · 184 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Main View Area manages all domains from which the operator can start. It is organized with tab panels, e.g.
many windows placed one upon another. Each window is selectable (placing it on top of the others) with a tab shown
on the top.

z Title: MCT connected to Provisioning Tool

z Main Tab-panel
The Main Tab-panel permits to choose a specific tool (named perspective)
to manage the NE.
The following perspectives are present:
z Configuration (to provision, to configure the equipment)
z Navigator Area: displays all the available management tasks for a specific tool.
z Resource Area: may be represented by: Tabular View or Graphical View.
z Tabular View: displays a tabular representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is shown.
z Graphical View: displays a graphical representation of the selected resource. As default, no tabular element is
shown.
z Figure (Main view) is the entry point of the application and provides basic diagnostic and configuration functions.
Following multiple main views are available:
„ Ethernet Port provisioning, for Ethernet domain;

„ PDH Port provisioning, for PDH domain;

„ Management Port provisioning, for Management domain;

„ TDM cross-connection between Radio and user ports, for Cross-connection domain;

„ Synchronization provisioning, for Synchronization domain;

„ Bridge provisioning, for Bridge domain;

„ Port VLAN provisioning, for VLAN domain;

„ Storm control and Rate limiting;

„ Per flow policer.

z Navigation from main view to multiple main views (related to the equipment components) can be done by simply
double-clicking on the component graphical representation. Such operation will open a new window containing
selected secondary view.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 184
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View
12.2 Main Tool Bar Area

Quick Access Buttons

z This area contains a selection of handy quick-access

buttons for common features.

ƒ Exit button from the Main View

ƒ Second button: for File Management to manage the

Configuration Files

1 · 1 · 185 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 185
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View
12.3 Main Tab Panel

Main Tab Panel

z The Main Tab panel permits to choose a specific tool (called

Perspective) to manage the NE.

z The following perspectives are present:

ƒ Configuration (to provision, to configure the equipment)

z NOTE:
The Main Tab panel management is exactly the same as the Main Tab panel
of the MSS-1c main view or MPR-e main view.

1 · 1 · 186 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The operator choice in the Main Tab Panel makes changes in the contents of:
z 1) Navigator Area
„ This area displays all the available tasks for a specific tool (perspective).
z 2) Resource area
„ This area displays a representation in tabular view or in graphical view of the selected resource for a
specific tool (perspective).

z Operator facility:
By moving the margin, we can see all the opened tools (perspectives)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 186
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View
12.4 Navigator Area

Navigator Area

z The Navigator Area displays all the

available management tasks for a
specific tool (Perspective).
z The following tools are present:
ƒ File Management
(to manage the Configuration Files)
ƒ MSS-1c Provisioning
(to provision the MSS-1c of the equipment)
y Ethernet Port Provisioning
y PDH Port Provisioning
y Management Port Provisioning
y TDM cross-connection between Radio and user ports
y Synchronization Provisioning
y Bridge Provisioning
y Port VLAN Provisioning
y Storm control and Rate limiting
y Per flow policer

1 · 1 · 187 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE:
The Navigator Area management is exactly the same as the Navigator Area of the MSS-1c main view or
MPR-e main view.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 187
 12 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Main View
12.5 Provisioning Tool Menus

Provisioning Tool Application Menus

Two menus are available:

z 1) FILE –
ƒ Two choices:
y to exit the MCT.
y to manage the Configuration Files

z 2) HELP –
ƒ One choice: to have an help on Provisioning Tool.

1 · 1 · 188 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Help Menu

Configuration Details
Plug-in Details

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 188
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool -
Configuration Perspective

1 · 1 · 189 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 189
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.1 Configuration Perspective Navigation

• This tool allows to configure the MSS-1c.

• It is launched by the < Start Tool > button
on the MSS-1c menu of the WebEML

1 · 1 · 190 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 190
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.1 Configuration Perspective Navigation [cont.]

z “Navigation Configuration”
Perspective is divided in:

ƒ File Management

ƒ MSS-1c Provisioning
y Ethernet Port Provisioning
y PDH Port Provisioning
y Management Port Provisioning
y TDM cross-connection between Radio and
user ports
y Synchronization Provisioning
y Bridge Provisioning
y Port VLAN Provisioning
y Storm control and Rate limiting
y Per flow policer

1 · 1 · 191 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 191
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.2 File Management Tool

1 · 1 · 192 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 192
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.2 File Management Tool [cont.]

Provisioning Mode z Three “Provisioning Mode”:

ƒ Initial Configuration:
to start from an empty configuration
ƒ Reconfiguration:
to load an existing configuration file and then modify
everything
ƒ Change Configuration:
to load an existing configuration file and then modify only
some items

Provisioning File

1 · 1 · 193 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z After we have finished the Provisioning of the MSS-1c,

(It means after to have filled in all the parameters inside each tool of all Perspective),

z Save it in a Configuration File by using the Provisioning File field with the button < Create >

NOTE:
z The Change Configuration mode is useful to modify an running configuration without impacting already
configured services (cross-connections and VLANs).
When this file will be downloaded to the NE by using the WebEML (menu « Configuration > MSS-1c ») the
NE will not reboot after the download.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 193
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.2 File Management Tool [cont.]

Reconfiguration

1 · 1 · 194 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z After we have finished the Provisioning of the MSS-1c,

(It means after to have filled in all the parameters inside each tool of all Perspective),

z Save it in a Configuration File by using the Provisioning File field with the button < Create >

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 194
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.2 File Management Tool [cont.]

Change Configuration

1 · 1 · 195 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z After we have finished the Provisioning of the MSS-1c,

(It means after to have filled in all the parameters inside each tool of all Perspective),

z Save it in a Configuration File by using the Provisioning File field with the button < Create >

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 195
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.3 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool

1 · 1 · 196 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 196
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.4 Ethernet Port Provisioning

1 · 1 · 197 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 197
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.4 Ethernet Port Provisioning [cont.]

z First, choose the type of MCT

connection to the equipment:
ƒ Optical Port (MPR-e)
ƒ Electrical Port (MPR-e, MSS-1c)

z For each used User Port,

ƒ Enable the Port
ƒ Choose the type of connection for SFP
connector :
y Disabled
y Optical Port
y Electrical Port
ƒ Choose the “Speed – Directionality”

1 · 1 · 198 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Settings view performs all the available functions for Ethernet tributary ports. Information related to
a data port configuration is provided by the following parameters:
z Port Status (Enabled or Disabled);
z Auto-Negotiation Status (Enabled or Disabled);
Check the box: the port will negotiate speed and duplex mode with its peer.
Uncheck the box: speed and duplex mode are selected by the operator (forced mode).
z Speed -Directionality, (“10 Mb/s – Half Duplex”, “10 Mb/s – Full Duplex”, “100 Mb/s – Half Duplex”,
“100 Mb/s – Full Duplex”). Check to allow communication at the selected data rate between two
locations. Choose half duplex for only one direction at a time, or full duplex for communication in both
directions at the same time.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 198
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.4 Ethernet Port Configuration [cont.]

z Example :
Ethernet Port
configuration
using the 4 users ports

z Only for User 2 port, we have the possibility to

choose a Network Synchronisation for 1 Gb/s
Ethernet frames in Autonegociated mode.
(Auto, SyncE IN, SyncE OUT)

1 · 1 · 199 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Settings view performs all the available functions for Ethernet tributary ports. Information related
to a data port configuration is provided by the following parameters:
z Port Status (Enabled or Disabled);
z Auto-Negotiation Status (Enabled or Disabled);
Check the box: the port will negotiate speed and duplex mode with its peer.
Uncheck the box: speed and duplex mode are selected by the operator (forced mode).
z Speed -Directionality, (“10 Mb/s – Half Duplex”, “10 Mb/s – Full Duplex”, “100 Mb/s – Half Duplex”,
“100 Mb/s – Full Duplex”). Check to allow communication at the selected data rate between two
locations. Choose half duplex for only one direction at a time, or full duplex for communication in
both directions at the same time.

NOTE:
z To configure a SyncE electrical port like user 2, proceed the same way as for user 1. In addition
configure the Network synchronization.
1. Auto, if you do not use the syncE property of the port
2. SyncE IN, if you use the port as synchronization input. MSS-1c receives clock from external
equipment.
3. SyncE OUT, if you use the port as a synchronization output. MSS-1c sends its clock to external
equipment.
z this feature is authorized only if the port is set in Auto negotiation mode with speed 1000 Mbit/s and
full duplex only.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 199
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.4 Ethernet Port Configuration [cont.]

z User 3 & 4-electrical / optical port

1 · 1 · 200 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Thanks to SFP connected into the relevant slots, these two ports can be configured in electrical or optical
mode.
z Once the Port Enable Check box is selected, you can choose the type of SFP in the SFP list (Disable or
Electrical or Optical)
z In the Electrical mode, the configuration is like user 1.
z In the Optical mode, the Port configuration can be set to Auto negotiation or not (forced mode). The speed
is always 1000 Mbit/s.
z The duplex mode is always Full Duplex.
z Note: In optical mode, User port 4 can be used as SynchE port. It is also the case for User port 3 only on
MSS-1c 16E1.
z Note: On MSS-1c 16E1, User Port 3 and 4 cannot be used in Gigabit when configured in electrical mode.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 200
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.5 PDH Port Provisioning

Ressource Configuration Area: displays the tributary

port to be configured and the choice of
impedance (75 or 120 Ohms) to be performed for
all tributaries

Ressource List Area:

displays tabular
information about
object’s properties
through tab windows.
This area performs the
available functions for
involved resource.

1 · 1 · 201 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z In the Resource List Area is given the information related to the tributaries:
z 1) Port Number: port for a given channel and type of port
z 2) Enabled: with a fixed type of frame (Unframed) to enable the port
z 3) Service Profile: possible profile to be associated to the tributary (TDM2TDM/TDM2Eth)
z 4) Flow Id: identifier of the tributary for the cross-connection
z 5) ECID Tx: Emulated Circuit Identifier in Tx direction
z 6) ECID Rx: Emulated Circuit Identifier in Rx direction
z 7) TDM Clock sync: type of the clock to be associated to the tributary (Adaptive/Differential/Tdmline)
z 8) Node Timing: to enable for the corresponding port the Node Timing synchronization. When it is
selected, the regenerated E1 at receiver side are synchronized to the network element clock (NEC).
z 9) Xco to Port: to cross-connect the E1 port to Radio or User port
z 10) MAC Address: to set the destination MAC address of the equipment in case of TDM2Eth cross-
connection
z Note: Columns 5, 6, and 7 are only available if the Service Profile is TDM2Eth.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 201
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.1 PDH Port Setting

PDH Port Setting

z This Resource List Area performs all available
functions for a tributary port. The managed
tributary types are E1 streams. To define the
involved ports, the interface selection in the
“Resource List Area” is first required; then make
your choice in the different fields.

1 · 1 · 202 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z In the Resource List Area there are the following fields:

z Port Number: identifies the ports for a given interface and type of port (read-only fields)
z Enabled: with a fixed type of E1 frame (Unframed) to enable the port
z Service Profile:
The possible profiles are:
„ TDM2TDM
„ TDM2Eth
z Flow Id: To implement cross-connections between line side and radio side each E1 tributary must be
associated to an identifier. Enter the Flow identifier value in the relevant field (possible values: 2 to
4080).
z Fields ECID Tx, ECID Rx and TDM Clock Sync. can be written only if the Service Profile is TDM2Eth.
z With the TDM2TDM service profile the TDM Clock source is fixed to Differential (RTP - Real Time
Protocol is used); with the TDM2Eth service profile the TDM Clock source can be Differential (RTP - Real
Time Protocol is used) or Adaptive (RTP is not used). In the unit it is not possible to have mixed
configurations with service profiles using RTP and other service profiles not using RTP.
Example: if in the unit only one E1 has service profile TDM2TDM it is possible to configure other E1 with
service profile TDM2Eth only with the Differential clock source (not with the Adaptive clock source). If
the Adaptive clock source is requested the E1 must be connected to another PDH unit.
z Node Timing: to enable for the corresponding port the Node Timing synchronization. When it is
selected, the regenerated E1 at receiver side are synchronized to the network element clock (NEC).
z Xco to Port: to cross-connect the E1 port to “Radio port” or “User (User1, User2, User3, User4) port”
z MAC Address: to set the destination MAC address of the equipment in case of TDM2Eth cross-
connection

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 202
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation

z 9500 MPR-E performs Circuit Emulation on PDH TDM flows, and then
transport those "TDM packets" mixed to native Ethernet frames.
z The Circuit Emulation IWF (inter-working function) is according the
Metro Ethernet Forum implementation agreement known as MEF 8,
limited to the structure agnostic case.
z MEF 8 emulated circuits is based on exchange of service parameters
between two CES IWFs at either end of the emulated circuit; if one of
those IWFs belong to the 9500 MPR-E the following parameters are
defined:
ƒ MAC addresses of the two IWFs
ƒ Payload size
ƒ ECID (2 different values may be used for each direction)
ƒ TDM clock source
y clock recovery adaptive
y clock recovery differential
ƒ VLAN (One Vlan is assigned to each bi-directional circuit emulated E1 flow)

1 · 1 · 203 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 203
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation [cont.]

z RTP, which is optional in MEF8, is always present, but not used if the
clock recovery is not differential.
z The common clock for Differential clock recovery is 25 MHz.
z Three different cases of Circuit Emulation services are implemented:
ƒ 1) TDM2TDM
ƒ 2) TDM2ETH
ƒ 3) ETH2ETH

NOTE:
For MPR-e, only one case of Circuit Emulation service is implemented:
1) ETH2ETH

1 · 1 · 204 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 204
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation [cont.]

z TDM2TDM
z Both the IWFs belong to 9500 MPR-E and the packets are not supposed
to go out the 9500 MPR-E network.
z The IWF parameters listed above, have predetermined values and don’t
need to be provisioned.
z MAC addresses are determined as consequences of the cross
connections.
z Payload size: fixed to 121 bytes
z ECID will be the same value as Flow Id
z TDM clock source: clock recovery differential,
z Flow Id provisioned by ECT/NMS

1 · 1 · 205 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 205
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation [cont.]

z TDM2ETH
z Only one of the IWFs belongs to 9500 MPR-E and the packets are
supposed to go out the 9500 MPR-E network.
ƒ MAC addresses: in all involved nodes are determined as consequences of the
cross connections; the only exception is the Ethernet Terminal Node (the
node where that TDM2ETH traffic goes through an user Ethernet port). In
such ETN the source address will be the node Mac address, the dest. mac
address will be provisioned by ECT/NMS.
ƒ Payload size: fixed to 256 bytes
ƒ ECID: provisioned by ECT/NMS, 2 different values may be used for each
direction
ƒ TDM clock source will be provisioned by ECT/NMS: clock recovery adaptive,
clock recovery differential
ƒ Flow Id will be provisioned by ECT/NMS (One Vlan is assigned to each bi-
directional circuit emulated E1 flow)
z For this case the expected latency for 1 hop only is 3.5 msec for 256
bytes.

1 · 1 · 206 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 206
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.2 Information on Circuit Emulation [cont.]

z ETH2ETH
z None of the IWFs belongs to 9500 MPR-E.
z None of the above parameters has to be configured (the 9500 MPR-E is
transparent).
z Any packet belonging to an Eth2Eth TDM flow is treated as any other
Ethernet packet with the only exception of giving it an higher priority
based on the MEF 8 Ethertype.

1 · 1 · 207 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 207
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.3 Circuit Emulation Application Examples

1 · 1 · 208 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Case 1
z The E1 stream is inserted in Node 1 and extracted in Node 2. In this case the two IWFs used to packetize
the traffic for the Ethernet switch in the Core-E module are both internal to the 9500 MPR-E network. The
Circuit Emulation Service is TDM2TDM in Node 1 and Node 2. The Cross connections to be implemented are
PDH-Radio type.

z Case 2
z The E1 stream is inserted in Node 1 and extracted in Node 2. One IWF is inside the 9500 MPR-E, but the
second IWF is external to the 9500 MPR-E network. The Circuit Emulation Service is TDM2ETH in Node 1 and
Node 2. The Cross connections to be implemented are PDH-Radio type in Node 1 and Radio-Eth type in Node
2.

z Case 3
z The E1 stream is inserted/extracted in Node 1. One IWF is inside the 9500 MPR-E, but the second IWF is
external to the 9500 MPR-E network. The Circuit Emulation Service is TDM2ETH in Node 1 and Node 2. The
Cross connections to be implemented are PDH-Eth type in Node 1.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 208
 13.5 PDH Port Provisioning
13.5.3 Circuit Emulation Application Examples [cont.]

1 · 1 · 209 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Cases 4 and 5
z In these cases Ethernet packets enter Node 1 and are extracted in Node 2. In case 4 the Ethernet packets
encapsulate the E1 stream; in case 5 the packets are native Ethernet packets. None of the IWFs belongs to
the 9500 MPR-E network. The Circuit Emulation Service is ETH2ETH in Node 1 and Node 2. No Cross
connections must be implemented. The path is automatically implemented with the standard auto-learning
algorithm of the 9500 MPR-E Ethernet switch.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 209
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.6 Management Port Provisioning

NE MAC Address:
This field is read-only
which shows the MAC
Address of the NE. This
MAC Address must be
used in the cross-
connection with
TDM2ETH profile.

1 · 1 · 210 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 210
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.6 Management Port Provisioning [cont.]

NMS1/NMS2 Port Setting

z For each used NMS Port (NMS1, NMS2),

ƒ Enable the Port
ƒ Enable/Disable the “Autonegotiation”
ƒ Choose the “Speed – Directionality”

1 · 1 · 211 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Settings view performs all the available functions for Ethernet tributary ports. Information related to
a data Port Provisioning is provided by the following parameters:
z Port Status (Enabled or Disabled);
z Auto-Negotiation Status (Enabled or Disabled);
Check the box: the port will negotiate speed and duplex mode with its peer.
Uncheck the box: speed and duplex mode are selected by the operator (forced mode).
z Speed -Directionality, (“10 Mb/s – Half Duplex”, “10 Mb/s – Full Duplex”, “100 Mb/s – Half Duplex”,
“100 Mb/s – Full Duplex”). Check to allow communication at the selected data rate between two
locations. Choose half duplex for only one direction at a time, or full duplex for communication in both
directions at the same time.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 211
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.6 Management Port Provisioning [cont.]

TMN Inband Port Setting

z TMN IN-BAND –
ƒ Defines the IP address of the TMN supervision channel defined with a VLAN
identifier inside a user Ethernet traffic.

z For TMN Inband,

ƒ Enable the Port
ƒ Choose the “User Port” where to send the TMN
supervision channel
ƒ Enter a “VLAN Identifier” number for the TMN
supervision channel

1 · 1 · 212 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 212
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports

1 · 1 · 213 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The “Cross-connections” field contains the list for all the implemented cross-connections.
z Maximum number of cross-connections: 240.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 213
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports [cont.]

MSS-1c Cross-Connection Block Diagram

z The block diagram presents the different elements involved in the cross-
connection, in green the PDH and CES part (encapsulation in Ethernet
frame done by IWF), in blue the Ethernet part realized by the switch.

Radio Port 1 Radio Port 2

MSS-1c

TDM IWF

User Port 1 User Port 2 User Port 3 User Port 4 PDH Ports

E1-1 E1-2
1 · 1 · 214 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 214
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports [cont.]

To Add a New Cross-Connection

z With the empty line, fill in the different items:

ƒ User Port (User1, User2, User3, User4)
ƒ Flow Id
ƒ Service Profile
ƒ TDM Clock Source (Differential, Adaptative)
ƒ Outgoing MAC Source (read-only field: it’s the local MSS-1c MAC address)
ƒ Outgoing MAC Destination

z Then click on the < Add Cross-Connection > button

1 · 1 · 215 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Notes:
z The unicast MAC address of the NE is shown in the “MSS-1c Provisioning Tool – Configuration
Perspective – Management Port Provisioning” (NE Public Mac Address or Bridge Address).
z To assign the multicast MAC address of a NE start from the unicast MAC address and change a digit in the
first pair of digits in order to generate an odd binary number: example change the first pair of the
address from 00 to 01.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 215
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports [cont.]

To Remove a Cross-Connection

z Select the cross-connection line to delete

z Then click on the < Remove Cross-Connection > button

1 · 1 · 216 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 216
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports [cont.]

Navigation in the Cross-Connection List

z Four buttons to navigate in the Cross-Connection List

ƒ To go to the next cross-connection
ƒ To go to the last cross-connection
ƒ To go to the previous cross-connection
ƒ To go to the first cross-connection

1 · 1 · 217 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 217
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.7 TDM Cross-Connection:Radio<->Users Ports [cont.]

TDM to Ethernet: MAC address configuration

1+0 no protection

1+1 Radio protection between NE B and C

1 · 1 · 218 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z In these types of cross-connections the destination MAC address of the adjacent NE (unicast address in case
of unprotected configurations, multicast address in case of protected configurations) must be inserted
during the cross-connection creation.

z To assign the multicast MAC address of a NE, start from the unicast MAC address and change a digit in the
first pair of digits in order to generate an odd binary number: example change the first pair of the address
from 00 to 01.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 218
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.8 Network Synchronization Clock

1 · 1 · 219 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 219
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.8 Network Synchronization Clock [cont.]

Synch delivery Packet microwave Synch source

Access type options nodal configuration options

Line clock D Line clock D E1/T1

Mobile (ACR/DCR, NTP)* E1/T1
2G,3G,4G
9500 MPR
SvncE D Eth SyncE D
Eth

9500 MPR
Private
Business
Office
9500 MPR
9500 MPR
Time delivery Time source
options options
Fixed
DSL
Transparent Transparent
1588v 1588v2
transport of transport of
Phone 2 TOD TOD
protocol protocol

*Adaptive and differential clock

recovery, node timing protocol

Synchronisation transferred through radio carrier at physical layer

1 · 1 · 220 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z All the NEs radios in the network must be synchronized to the same clock.
z One radio in the network is provisioned Master.
z All other radios in the network must be provisioned Slave.
z The slave radios all sync to the clock provided by the master.

SynchrE: Any Synchronous Ethernet clock source available at enabled User Ethernet traffic interfaces (both
electrical and optical) configured in synchronous operation mode (the specific User Ethernet port has to
be chosen).
z From ITU-T G.8264 point of view, the MSS is a Synchronous Ethernet equipment equipped with a
system clock (NEC) following the ITU-T G.8262 recommendation.
z A User Ethernet interface configured in synchronous operation mode can work only at 1Gigabit/s.
z In the particular case of electrical User Ethernet interfaces, these interfaces perform link auto
negotiation to determine the master and slave clocks for the link.
z The clock slave role must be configured as part of auto negotiation parameters in order to use the
interface as Synchronous Ethernet clock source.

N.B.: SSM is not supported, therefore MPR cannot be included in a Synch-E ring.

The Symbol Rate of the Rx signal of any available Radio direction (the specific Radio Port has to be
chosen).

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 220
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.8 Network Synchronization Clock [cont.]

How to Synchronize
z Each Network Element must have a reference Clock (NEC), which will be
distributed to each function of the MSS-1c. Such clock is a 25 MHz generated in
the MSS-1c.
z The NEC is locked to a Synchronization Source.
z The sources can be:
ƒ [1] Free Run Local Oscillator.
ƒ [2] Any E1 available at input traffic interfaces (the specific E1 port has to be chosen)
ƒ [3] Radio Port: Symbol Rate of the Rx signal of any available Radio direction
ƒ [4] User 4: Network synchronization for 1 Gb/s Ethernet frames (Auto, SyncE IN, SyncE
OUT)

1 · 1 · 221 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 221
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.8 Network Synchronization Clock [cont.]

NEC Role

z All the NEC has to be configured as Master Role or Slave Role.

z Only one Master is allowed in the network.
ƒ If Master Role:
y The Restoration Mode can be Revertive and Not Revertive
y The Primary sources must be chosen among 1), 2) or 4).
y If the selected Master Primary Source is 1)
{ then the Master Secondary Source doesn't need to be selected because the Primary is never
supposed to fail.
ƒ If Slave Role:
y The Restoration Mode is fixed to Revertive.
y The Primary Source must chosen between 3) and 4)
y The Secondary Source can be chosen among 1), 2) or 4).

1 · 1 · 222 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Each function will mute its own Synchronization clock in case of Fail Alarm.
z For each available sync source, the signal Degrade Alarm is detected on each available sync source. Such
Signal Degrade alarm raises also in case of muted (missing) clock.
z The Signal Degrade Alarm relevant to the selected Synchronization Source, or the relevant Card Fail, causes
the switching of the Synchronization Source.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 222
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning

z In the NE bridge mode field select in the list:

ƒ 802.1D: default switch configuration, MAC learning based switching
ƒ 802.1Q: switch mode with Virtual Customer LAN. Switching is based on MAC
and C-VLAN
ƒ 802.1ad (Q in Q): switch mode with Stacked VLANs. Switching is based on
MAC and S-VLAN

1 · 1 · 223 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Bridge mode: 802.1D

z When the NE is configured in this mode (default configuration), the Ethernet traffic is switched
according to the destination MAC address without looking the VLAN.
z The packets from the user Ethernet ports having the VLAN ID out the allowed range (0 and 2-4080) are
dropped. The packets having a VLAN ID already used for a TDM flow are accepted.
z Bridge mode: 802.1Q
z When the NE is configured in this mode, the management of Ethernet traffic looking the VLAN is
enabled.
z In this modality, a VLAN will be assigned to all Ethernet frames inside the MPR network.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 223
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning [cont.]

To Add a New VLAN NE Bridge mode: 802.1Q

z With the empty line, fill in the different items:

ƒ VLAN Id
ƒ VLAN Name
ƒ Select the User Port (User1, User2, User3, User4) which transports the VLAN
ƒ Select for this User Port if it transports only Untagged frames (if not, all
Ethernet frames is sent through this User Port)

z Then click on the < Add VLAN > button

1 · 1 · 224 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z 1) VLAN ID field: Enter the VLAN ID (the configurable values must be in the range 2 - 4080)
z N.B.: The VLAN IDs already defined to cross-connect internal flows (i.e. TDM2TDM, TDM2ETH) cannot be
used.
z 2) VLAN Name field: Enter the VLAN Name: a text string of up to 32 characters.
z N.B.: There is no check on unambiguity name.
z 3) VLAN Ports (User 1, User 2, User 3, User 4): Select the ports members of this VLAN by putting a check
mark on the relevant check box. All the user Ethernet ports can be considered. Both enabled and
disabled user Ethernet ports (radio ports are implicitly enabled) can be member of a VLAN. This means
that a disabled port can be configured as a member of a VLAN and a port already member of a VLAN can
be disabled continuing to be a member of the same VLAN.
z 4) Untagged Ports : Select, among the ports belonging to this VLAN (members), the untagged ports (in
egress the VLAN will be removed from the frames). Only the user Ethernet ports, enabled and disabled,
are manageable. The VLAN cannot be removed from the radio ports.
z N.B.: The VLAN-ID values allowed are in the range 2 - 4080. By default, for the VLAN IDs defined, all the
ports are members and the Untag flag is set to “False”, which means all the frames are transmitted with
Tag.
z N.B.: Tagged frames
If one tagged packet with VLAN-ID X is received on a port which is not member of the VLAN-ID X, the
packet is dropped.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 224
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning [cont.]

To Remove a VLAN NE Bridge mode: 802.1Q

z Select the VLAN line to delete

z Then click on the < Remove VLAN > button

1 · 1 · 225 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 225
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning [cont.]

To Configure the Q in Q mode NE Bridge mode: 802.1ad

z Select the NE bridge mode in 802.1ad (Q in Q).

z Select a QoS mode: 802.1P, Diffserv or None
z Select a S-TPID in the proposed list or enter a custom one
z For each port, select the mode UNI or NNI

1 · 1 · 226 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: If all ports are in UNI mode, the S-TPID configuration is not necessary.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 226
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning [cont.]

To Create a Service VLAN NE Bridge mode: 802.1ad

z Push the button Add VLAN and fill the fields.

z In column VLAN Id: Enter a valid VLAN Id (from 2 to 4080) and not used
in another VLAN or cross connection
z In column VLAN Name: Enter a name
z In columns User 1 to 4: Check the box if the port is implied in the VLAN.
Both enabled and disabled ports can be member of a VLAN. Note that
radio port is automatically included.

To remove an existing Service VLAN:

z Select its VLAN Id in the list
z Push the button Remove VLAN
z If the configuration contains more than 20 VLANs, the keys <<, <, > and
>> allows to navigate between the different screens which display up to
20 VLANs each.

1 · 1 · 227 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 227
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.9 Bridge Provisioning [cont.]

Navigation in the VLAN List NE Bridge mode: 802.1Q

z Four buttons to navigate in the VLAN List

ƒ To go to the next VLAN
ƒ To go to the last VLAN
ƒ To go to the previous VLAN
ƒ To go to the first VLAN

1 · 1 · 228 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 228
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.10 Port VLAN Provisioning

Mode: 802.1Q

1 · 1 · 229 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Port VLAN Provisioning performs all the available functions for Ethernet tributary ports. Information
related to a data port configuration is provided by the following parameters:
z The traffic, received on each user Ethernet port, can be untagged or tagged. For each port it is
possible to configure:
„ Acceptable Frame Type:
{ Admit Tagged Frames Only (only tagged frames are allowed in ingress and untagged frames are
dropped)
{ Admit All Frames (tagged, untagged and priority frames are allowed in ingress)
Default value: “Admit All Frames”.
„ Port VLAN ID: if the Acceptable Frame Type is set to “Admit all” the VLAN-ID and Priority fields, to
be added in ingress to untagged frames, must be configured. Only VLAN-ID values already defined (in
the VLAN management menu) can be configured for this purpose. The Priority values allowed are in
the range 0 - 7.
The default Port VLAN-ID and Priority values are: VLAN-ID=1; PCP=0.
The VLAN 1 is always removed when the frame is forwarded.
„ N.B.: Untagged frames: The untagged frames received on one user Ethernet port, configured as
“Admit tagged only”, are dropped.
„ N.B.: Priority frames: The priority packets (VLAN-ID=0) received on one user Ethernet port,
configured as “Admit tagged only”, are dropped.
The priority packets (VLAN-ID=0) received on one user Ethernet port, with the “Admit
all” configuration enabled, are managed as untagged frames for VLAN-ID field, while
the Priority field is the same of the received packets.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 229
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.10 Port VLAN Provisioning [cont.]

How to Configure

z For each User Port (User1, User2, User3, User4)

ƒ Select for this User Port if it transports “All Frames” or if it transports
“Tagged Frames Only”

z In case of “Admit All Frames”

ƒ Select the Port VLAN Id (configured previously)

to be sent with a priority

ƒ Select the Priority level for this port VLAN Id

1 · 1 · 230 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Port VLAN Provisioning performs all the available functions for Ethernet tributary ports. Information
related to a data port configuration is provided by the following parameters:
z The traffic, received on each user Ethernet port, can be untagged or tagged. For each port it is possible
to configure:
„ Acceptable Frame Type:
{ Admit tagged only (only tagged frames are allowed in ingress and untagged frames are dropped)
{ Admit all (tagged, untagged and priority frames are allowed in ingress)
Default value: “Admit all”.
„ Port VLAN ID: if the Acceptable Frame Type is set to “Admit all” the VLAN-ID and Priority fields, to be
added in ingress to untagged frames, must be configured. Only VLAN-ID values already defined (in the
VLAN management menu) can be configured for this purpose. The Priority values allowed are in the
range 0 - 7.
The default Port VLAN-ID and Priority values are: VLAN-ID=1; PCP=0.
The VLAN 1 is always removed when the frame is forwarded.
„ N.B.: Untagged frames
The untagged frames received on one user Ethernet port, configured as “Admit tagged only”,
are dropped.
„ N.B.: Priority frames
The priority packets (VLAN-ID=0) received on one user Ethernet port, configured as “Admit
tagged only”, are
dropped.
The priority packets (VLAN-ID=0) received on one user Ethernet port, with the “Admit all”
configuration enabled, are
managed as untagged frames for VLAN-ID field, while the Priority field is the same of the
received packets.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 230
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.10 Port VLAN Provisioning [cont.]

Mode: 802.1ad (Q in Q)

1 · 1 · 231 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z If the port is configured in NNI, no choice is offered to the operator (“Admit tagged frames only” is
automatically selected).
z If the port is configured in UNI “Admit all frames” (untagged and C-Tagged frames are admitted) is
automatically selected:
z The S-VLAN associated to this UNI port is displayed and cannot be changed
z Select the S_VLAN priority in the list (from 0 to 7)
z Select or not the use of inner C-VLAN priority for S-VLAN priority

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 231
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.11 Storm Control and Rate limiting

1 · 1 · 232 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z For Broadcast, Multicast and DLF Storm control, to enable this control, select the check box and enter a
value in the authorized range.
z Per port rate limiting, for each user port, in ingress and egress, rate limit and burst size may be set.
z Note: Per port rate limiting: minimum burst size at egress is 114 kBytes. So the burst size limitation will
become accurate for bust size limitation set over 2500 kBbytes.
z Note: Storm Control thresholds are not guaranteed when total rate at ingress is higher than 1 Gbps.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 232
 13 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool - Configuration Perspective
13.12 Per Flow policer

1 · 1 · 233 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This feature is used to control the Committed Information Rate, the Peak Information Rate and associated
burst size of a flow identified by its VLAN Id.
z In 802.1D Bridge mode, the operator can enter any VLAN in the VLAN Id column.
z In 802.1Q and 802.1ad Bridge mode, the operator can select a VLAN in the proposed list of existing VLANs
(created in the Bridge Provisioning window).
z Note: for burst size setting over 8000 bytes, the accuracy of the limitation is not guaranteed.
z Note: when a same VLAN is ingressing and egressing from a User Port, the flow policing cannot be used.
z Note: the flows without flow policer rule are not guaranteed (Yellows frames).
z Default values are proposed. They can be changed by the operator in the authorized range.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 233
Exercices

z Configure the equipment.

z Enable the tributaries.
z Create some cross-connections.
z Set the Transmitter of Channel 1 to transmit a constant power.
z Read the Rx power of Channel 1.
z Read the RF frequency of Channel 1.
z Activate the loopback.

1 · 1 · 234 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 234
Blank Page

1 · 1 · 235 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 235
 End of Module
Operator Interface MPR Tterminal

1 · 1 · 236 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Operator Interface MPR Tterminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 236
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
NE operation
Module 2
Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
3JK Issue 2.0

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 1
 Blank Page

1·2·2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 2010-10-28 ALU University, First edition

Marcoussis

02 2011-08-26 ALU University Updated to rel 3.1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 2
Module Objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

ƒ Configure the MPR Terminal equipment starting from a scratched NE.

1·2·3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 3
Module Objectives [cont.]

1·2·4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 4
Table of Contents

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Initial Configuration 7
1.1 General Requirements 8
1.2 Initial Turn-up 10
1.3 Provision Commissioning 18
1.4 Provision NE Time 20
1.5 Provision Site Information 21
1.6 Provision Protection 22
1.7 Provision Synchronization 23
1.8 Provision Radio 24
1.9 Provision Advanced Radio 30
1.10 Provision MSS-1c 31
1.11 Provision Ethernet Traffic QoS 35
1.12 Provision Networking 38
Blank Page 42
2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool 43
2.1 Main view 44
2.2 Configuration Perspective Navigation 45
2.3 Initial Turn-up 46
2.4 File Management Tool 47
2.5 MSS-1c Configuration Tool 48
Exercise 49
End of Module 50

1·2·5 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

1·2·6
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
ThisAll Rights
page is left blank intentionally
Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 6
 1 Initial Configuration

1·2·7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 7
 1 Initial Configuration
1.1 General Requirements

z PC HW Configuration
ƒ CPU: AMD Atlhon/Intel Celeron/Intel Pentium 4 or higher
ƒ RAM: 1 GB
ƒ Hard Disk space: 1.5 GB (available space for log files, JRE excluded)
ƒ Display Resolution: 1280x800 pixel
ƒ DVD-ROM Drive (needed for the TCO Suite)
ƒ Ethernet Interface: Ethernet Card 10/100 Mbps

z Operating Systems Supported

ƒ Microsoft Windows XP Professional service pack 3 or Microsoft Windows Vista
Ultimate service pack 2 or Windows 7

Note:
“Classic windows” setting must be choosen with Windows Vista and Windows 7

1·2·8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 8
 1 Initial Configuration
1.1 General Requirements [cont.]

z Additional requirements
ƒ Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1, 7, 8, Mozilla Firefox 2, 3, 3.5
ƒ The Administrator password is needed only for Java installation
ƒ When Java has been installed, the standard user can run the WebEML Suite
ƒ Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 6 Update 14

Warning:
An FTP server must be installed on the PC of MCT user with read right &
write right, and the Windows Firewall must be desactivated.

1·2·9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 9
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up

Local copy the WebEML to PC.

Before operating the user system interface (USI) for the first time, the
programs contained on the CD ROM must be copied on the PC.

Follow these steps to copy the WebEML software to the PC.

z 1 - Insert the TCO Software Suite CD into the DVD-ROM drive.

Note:

The TCO Software Suite will auto-run and open up the computer's default
browser program (if auto-run feature is enabled on user's PC) as soon as the
DVD-ROM is read by the PC. If auto-run does not start, user must run
(double-click with left mouse button on it) the Start.exe file, available on
DVD-ROM root, in order to launch the Software Package.
See next slide

1 · 2 · 10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 10
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]
z 2 – The following screen opens:

z 3 – Double click on “MPR Tools” button See next slide

1 · 2 · 11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 11
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]
z 4 – The following screen opens:

z 5 – Double click on “MSS-1c” or “MPR-e” icon to perform the Local

Copy of the WebEML See next slide

1 · 2 · 12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE:

z An alternative way to perform the Local Copy of the WebEML is by clicking on the Advanced Settings
button.
z This alternative way is explained in the User Manual.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 12
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]
s z 6 – Click on <No>
t

u
z 7 – Click on <Yes> to perform
the WebEML Local Copy

z 8 – Select the directory

and click on <Open>
v

z 9 – The copy is now in progress

See next slide

1 · 2 · 13 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE:

z An alternative way to perform the Local Copy of the WebEML is by clicking on the Advanced Settings
button.
z This alternative way is explained in the User Manual.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 13
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]

z 10 – Wait until the following message will appear.

Click on <OK>
w

11

z 11 – Click on <Yes> to set a

link on the desktop

12

z 12 – An icon will be created on the desktop

1 · 2 · 14 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE:

z An alternative way to perform the Local Copy of the WebEML is by clicking on the Advanced Settings
button.
z This alternative way is explained in the User Manual.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 14
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]

WebEML Start n To start the WebEML double click on

the relevant icon on the PC desktop

o NETO
opens

p Insert the IP address

of the NE
(default: 192.168.30.1)
and click <OK>

See next slide

1 · 2 · 15 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

N.B.
To access the NE the PC must be configured to “Get automatically an IP address”, because the NE is
configured as DHCP Server with default IP address 192.168.30.1 and subnet mask 255.255.255.252. The
PC Ethernet port must be connected to the CT connector of the MSS-1c.

N.B.
192.168.30.1 is the IP address of the port from MSS-1c and cannot be modified. The management can be
done also by the NMS port, but the PC must be configured with fixed IP and gateway. First open the
WebEML and after connect the cable.

Warning:
Without the MPT connected to the MSS-1c, it is not possible to open the WebEML on the CT port from MSS-
1c.

Warning:
If all the WebEML images/icons are missing, check that file msimg32.dll is present inSystem32.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 15
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]

q When the NE is supervised,

click on <Show>

r Then, the <Main view> opens

1 · 2 · 16 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Note: Default User Accounts – at the NE installation time, one default user account is created on NE
independently from the SNMP operating mode.

z Profile: administrator
z Username: admin
z Password: admin

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 16
 1 Initial Configuration
1.2 Initial Turn-up [cont.]

START
Provisioning MPR
Provision NE Time

Provision Site Information

Provision Protection *

Provision Synchronization

Provision Radio

Provision Advanced Radio

Provision MSS-1c

Provision Ethernet Traffic QoS

* Protection: in this current Provision Networking

release, only 1+0
1 · 2 · 17 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: Changes to provisioning do not have to be made in any particular order.

z See the figure for the recommended sequence.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 17
 1 Initial Configuration
1.3 Provision Commissioning MSS-1c

z Selecting Configuration Tool

n Select
Commissioning
Perspective to start

o Select
Configuration
Tool

1 · 2 · 18 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 18
 1 Initial Configuration
1.3 Provision Commissioning [cont.] MPR-e

z Selecting Configuration Tool

n Select
Commissioning
Perspective to start

o Select
Configuration
Tool

1 · 2 · 19 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 19
 1 Initial Configuration
1.4 Provision NE Time
z Date/Time Configuration p

n Select
Date/Time Tool

o If SNTP Protocol is disabled, when

checked, enables function to
synchronize Operating System and
Network Equipment Times.

1 · 2 · 20 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The user can synchronize the NE time from either the PC/laptop or Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers.
Time and date provisioning is accomplished using the NE Time Configuration screens.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 20
 1 Initial Configuration
1.5 Provision Site Information
z Site Information Configuration q

o Write down the Site Name

n Select Site
Information Tool p Write down the Site Location

1 · 2 · 21 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 21
 1 Initial Configuration
1.6 Provision Protection
z Protection Configuration p

o Select the Protection type:

RPS 1+0

n Select
Protection
Tool

1 · 2 · 22 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 22
 1 Initial Configuration
1.7 Provision Synchronization MPR-e only

z Synchronization Configuration p

o If you select PCR, Fill

in the corresponding
Source and Destination
Mac Address

o If you select SyncE, Choose the role

of the NE for the synchronization
n Select (Automatic, Master, Slave)
Synchronization
Tool

1 · 2 · 23 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 23
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio
z Radio Configuration p

o Choose the Telecommunication

Standard: ETSI, ANSI

n Select
Radio Tool

1 · 2 · 24 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 24
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio [cont.]
z Radio Configuration in Fixed Coded Modulation r

n Select in the Coding Modulation

Type field “Fixed (FCM)”.

o Select in the Channel Spacing field

the suitable channel spacing to be used.

p Select in the Modem Profile Option

field the spectral efficiency class to be
set as reference

q Select in the Reference Modulation

field the suitable Modulation scheme.

According to the previous four

selections the relevant capacity in the
Allowed Modulations field will appear.

1 · 2 · 25 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The possible choices for each field:

Coding Modulation Type:

z Fixed (Fixed Coded Modulation)
z Adaptative (Adaptative Coded Modulation)

Channel Spacing:
z 3,5 MHz
z 7 MHz
z 14 MHz
z 28 MHz
z 40 MHz
z 56 MHz

Modem Profile Option:

z Current Mask Standard Profile
z Current Mask SDH Capacity
z New Mask Standard Profile

Reference Modulation:
z QPSK
z 8 PSK
z 16 QAM
z 32 QAM
z 64 QAM
z 128 QAM
z 256 QAM

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 25
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio [cont.]
z Radio Configuration in Adaptative Coded Modulation
o Select in the Channel Spacing field the n Select in the Coding Modulation
suitable channel spacing to be used. Type field “Adaptative (ACM)”.

p Select in the Modem Profile Option field s

the spectral efficiency class to be set as
reference

q Select in the Reference Modulation field

the lowest modulation scheme (from QPSK)
to be used by the Adaptative Modulation.

r Choose in the Allowed Modulation field

all the modulation schemes to be used with
the Adaptive Modulation. The modulation
schemes (from the lowest to the highest
scheme) must be contiguous

The Allowed Modulation field is a read-only

field, which shows the current used
modulation and capacity. The current
modulation will depend on the fading
activity during the propagation.
To update this field press the Refresh
button.

1 · 2 · 26 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Note: If the current Modulation scheme is 4 QAM, it not possible to force to 64 QAM, but first must be
forced to 16 QAM and then to 64 QAM. Also if the current Modulation is 64 QAM, to pass to 4 QAM first
must be forced to 16 QAM and then to 4 QAM.
Warning: with the up and down arrows, below the Forced Modulation field, it is possible to increase or
decrease the part of the screen relevant to the parameters of the Adaptive Modulation.

The possible choices for each field:

Coding Modulation Type:

z Fixed (Fixed Coded Modulation)
z Adaptative (Adaptative Coded Modulation)

Channel Spacing:
z 3,5 MHz, 7 MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz, 40 MHz, 56 MHz

Modem Profile Option:

z Current Mask Standard Profile
z Current Mask SDH Capacity
z New Mask Standard Profile

Reference Modulation:
z QPSK, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 26
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio [cont.]
z Transmit Power Control Mode s
n Select in the Transmit Power Control
Mode field the suitable mode (ATPC) to be
used.

o Tick on Mute if needed, then click on

<OK>

p If the Transmit Power Control Mode is

set as RTPC, in the middle field write the
new value within the allowed transmitted
power range. The range is shown in <TX
Power> field in the left and right fields.

q Choose in the ATPC Settings field the

ATPC Range and ATPC Remote RSL
Threshold parameters.
r Select in the <Driving Remote RSL in
1+1 – HSB> field the suitable value. In 1+1
FD and HSB configurations both the
transmitters can be driven by the lowest or
by the highest RSL values of the two remote
demodulators.
NOT APPLICABLE in this current release

1 · 2 · 27 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: the ATPC area is not present if the Adaptive Modulation has been selected.

z The information related to the transmitter status is shown by an icon closed to the Mute field. To squelch
the transmitter tick on Mute field and press Apply button.

z The following indications will appear in the Tx Mute field:

Off: Transmitter not squelch

Manual: Transmitter squelched due to the manual operation

Auto: Transmitter squelched due to an automatic operation

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 27
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio [cont.]
z Frequency p

n Select in the Shifter field the

suitable frequency separation to be
used.

o Select in Tx frequency field the Note: The “Tick” button

suitable Tx frequency (the Rx <Allow Rx Frequency Tuning>
frequency is automatically calculated permits to change both the Tx
by using the inserted Tx frequency and and Rx Frequencies.
the shifter).

1 · 2 · 28 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The Tx and Rx frequencies fields have three values of frequencies:

The middle field is used to set a frequency inside the allowed frequency range given by the ODU
represented by the left and right fields.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 28
 1 Initial Configuration
1.8 Provision Radio [cont.]
z Frequency Note: By clicking on Frequency Plan you can display the
associated frequency plan of the connected ODU according
[cont.] to the Radio channels frequencies configuration (Shifter,
Tx Frequency, Rx Frequency) with, in red, the channel
spacing configured in Modulation field.

1 · 2 · 29 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

The Tx and Rx frequencies fields have three values of frequencies:

The middle field is used to set a frequency inside the allowed frequency range given by the ODU
represented by the left and right fields.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 29
 1 Initial Configuration
1.9 Provision Advanced Radio
z Advanced Radio Configuration r

n Select Advanced
Radio Tool p In this Tx Identifier field,
write down the link
identifier inserted on the
o Tick on Enabled transmitting NE.

q In this Expected Rx
Identifier field, write down
the link identifier expected
at the receiving NE

1 · 2 · 30 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 30
 1 Initial Configuration
1.10 Provision MSS-1c MSS-1c only

z MSS-1c Configuration
o Click on the “Start Tool” button to run
the < Provisioning Tool > application.
n Select This tool is explained in the next
MSS-1c chapter 2 – MSS-1C Provisioning Tool -
Tool

1 · 2 · 31 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 31
 1 Initial Configuration
1.10 Provision MSS-1c [cont.] MSS-1c only

z FTP Server Parameters Configuration

p In the FTP Server Parameters, write down the values of the
different fields corresponding on the FTP Server.
By clicking on the Check button, the server access values will
be filled in automatically with the default configuration.

1 · 2 · 32 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z In the Server Address field write the IP address of the FTP server.
z User Name and Password are the login information to access the FTP server.
z In the Port field write the port to be used.
z By clicking on the Check button, the server access values will be filled in automatically with the default
configuration.

z The CT is the default FTP server with the following parameters:

z User Id: anonymous
z Password: -
z Address: local host IP address.
z Port: 21
z Root Dir: /

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 32
 1 Initial Configuration
1.10 Provision MSS-1c [cont.] MSS-1c only

z Download and Execute MSS-1c Provisioning File

q Through this field the <MSS-1c Configuration

File> is downloaded to the NE in order to set the
MSS-1c subrack with operational parameters.
This field can be used as a configuration RESTORE.

1 · 2 · 33 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select in your PC

z the directory and,
z the <MSS-1c Configuration File> file
containing the MSS-1c operational parameters you want to download to the MSS-1c subrack.

2. Then, click on the Download and Execute button to begin the download process.

3. When the <MSS-1c Configuration File> download starts, a screen showing the in progress operation of
the download appears. The download is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 33
 1 Initial Configuration
1.10 Provision MSS-1c [cont.] MSS-1c only

z Upload MSS-1c Provisioning File

r Through this field the MSS-1c subrack

operational parameters is saved in a <MSS-1c
Configuration File>.
This field can be used as a configuration BACKUP.

1 · 2 · 34 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select and choose in your PC:

z the directory and,
z the <MSS-1c Configuration File> file name
where you want to upload the ACTIVE MSS-1c operational parameters from the MSS-1c subrack.

2. Then, click on the Upload button to begin the upload process.

3. When the ACTIVE MSS-1c operational parameters upload starts, a screen showing the in progress
operation of the upload appears. The upload is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 34
 1 Initial Configuration
1.11 Provision Ethernet Traffic QoS MPR-e only

z Ethernet Traffic QoS Configuration r

o Select the
QoS Classification p In Ether Type
It can be Classification field,
None set, if desired, for
IEEE 802.1p each non High
Diffserv Priority Queue (1
to 5), the type of
Ethernet frame
that will be sent to
this queue.

p In Scheduling
Algorithms field, set,
if desired, for each
non High Priority
n Select Ethernet Queue (1 to 5),
Traffic QoS Tool The Scheduling Mode
and the DWRR
Weight of the DWRR
scheduler chosen for
None Classification screen this queue.
1 · 2 · 35 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Ether Type examples:

z 0x0800=IP
z 0x0806 = ARP
z 0x8035 = RARP
z 0x888E = 802.1X
z 0x8863 = PPPoE Control frames
z 0x8864 = PPPoE Data frames

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 35
 1 Initial Configuration
1.11 Provision Ethernet Traffic QoS [cont.] MPR-e only

z IEEE 802.1p Classification o

n Select in this field the IEEE

802.1p priority frames
allowed for each non High
Priority Queue (1 to 5)
classified as:
- Best Effort frames (001),
- Background frames (000),
- Spare frames (010),
- Excellent Effort frames (100),
- Controlled Load frames (011),
- Video frames (110),
- Voice frames (111),
- Network Control frames (101).

Note: you can choose the

“Defaults” values

IEEE 802.1p Classification screen

1 · 2 · 36 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 36
 1 Initial Configuration
1.11 Provision Ethernet Traffic QoS [cont.] MPR-e only

z Diffserv Classification o

n Set, if desired, in this field

the range of Diffserv
classification values for each
non High Priority Queue (1 to 5):
Minimum Diffserv Code Point
Maximum Diffserv Code Point

Note: you can choose the

“Defaults” values

Diffserv Classification screen

1 · 2 · 37 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Notes:
z The highest priority queue is 5
z The highest priority queue corresponds to the transmission of packets whose diffserv classification priority is the
highest (range of diffserv priority values).
z The next queue does not contain the range of diffserv priority values of the previous queue.
z The range of diffserv priority values has to be set in ascending order corresponding to the ascending order of the
queues.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 37
 1 Initial Configuration
1.12 Provision Networking MSS-1c
z Network Interfaces Configuration u

o Tick on TMN RF Access to validate the TMN

RF channel to supervise the remote NE

p Fill in the
local IP
Address of
the NE

r Fill in the IP
Address of the
NMS1 access

q Fill in the IP
Address of the
NMS2 access
n Select
Network t Fill in the IP address of the s This field is
Interfaces TMN supervision channel, read-only (IP
Tool if used, defined with a Address of the
VLAN identifier inside a CT access)
user Ethernet traffic
1 · 2 · 38 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NE IP Parameters
z This local IP address is the IP address associated to a virtual interface and to the other interfaces which
use the PPP protocol (the TMN-RF channels).
z Default IP address: 10.0.1.2
z Default mask: 255.255.255.255

Note: After NE IP Address change, the NE restarts

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 38
 1 Initial Configuration
1.12 Provision Networking [cont.] MPR-e
z Network Interfaces Configuration r

o Tick on TMN RF Access to

validate the TMN RF channel
to supervise the remote NE

n Select
Network p Fill in the q Fill in the IP address of the
Interfaces local IP TMN supervision channel,
Tool Address of if used, defined with a
the NE VLAN identifier inside a
user Ethernet traffic
1 · 2 · 39 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NE IP Parameters
z This local IP address is the IP address associated to a virtual interface and to the other interfaces which
use the PPP protocol (the TMN-RF channels).
z Default IP address: 10.0.1.2
z Default mask: 255.255.255.255

Note: After NE IP Address change, the NE restarts

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 39
 1 Initial Configuration
1.12 Provision Networking [cont.]
z Static Routing Configuration o Select in “Route Type” the
corresponding route type:
n Select Default, Host or Network
Static q Fill in the values of Destination
Routing IP & Mask Addresses and
Tool Gateway IP Address if
necessary
p Select in “Point To Point Link”
the corresponding route type:
Default, Host or Network

r Add or Add Last

1 · 2 · 40 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This is the IP interface to a host or network. Typically used at a spur to interface a host over the RF path. In this
scenario, the Default Gateway IP Address is 0.0.0.0 and the IP Mask (greyed out) is 0.0.0.0. Also typically used at an
end terminal in a radio link for interface with the network.

z WARNING:
{ No pending (open) static routes are allowed.
{ The default software uses first the static routes and then the dynamic routes. An open static route is always
considered as a preferential path.
z If in the screen the Default Gateway IP Address check box has been selected, write in the Default Gateway IP
Address field below the relevant IP address.

z By pressing Add Last or Add pushbutton it is possible to create new or change existing IP static routes

The following fields and data are present:

z Route Type (Default, Network, Host)
z Destination IP Address: allows to define the IP address necessary to reach a specific host/network
z Destination Mask: allows to define the IP Mask to reach a network
z Point To Point Link interface type: allows to use point to point interfaces made available by the NE.
z Default Gateway IP Address: allows to define the address of the next hop gateway.
In the Host or Network Address Choice field select:
z Host to address to a single IP address;
z Network to address to a range of IP addresses.
In the Default Gateway or Point to Point I/F Choice select:
z Default Gateway IP Address for the Ethernet interface;
z Point to Point Interface Index for the NMS channels.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 40
 1 Initial Configuration
1.12 Provision Networking [cont.]
z Trusted SNMP Managers Configuration

n Select
Trusted p Click on
SNMP Registe
Managers r, then
Tool OK

o For each Trusted SNMP Manager,

fill in the following parameters:
• Manager IP Address
• Traps UDP Port
• Type (Network Manager Layer,
Equipment Manager Layer)

1 · 2 · 41 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 41
Blank Page

1 · 2 · 42 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 42
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool

1 · 2 · 43 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 43
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool
2.1 Main view
z MSS-1c Provisioning Tool

1 · 2 · 44 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 44
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool
2.2 Configuration Perspective Navigation
z Configuration Perspective

z “Navigation Configuration” Perspective is

divided in:

ƒ File Management
ƒ MSS-1c Configuration

1 · 2 · 45 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 45
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool
2.3 Initial Turn-up

START
z Provisioning MSS-1c
File Management

MSS-1c Configuration

Provision Ethernet Port

Provision PDH Port

Provision Management Port

Provision TDM Cross-connection between Radio and User Ports

Provision Synchronization

Provision Bridge

Provision Port VLAN

Storm control and Rate limiting

Per flow policer

File Management
1 · 2 · 46 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: Changes to provisioning do not have to be made in any particular order.

z See the figure for the recommended sequence.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 46
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool
2.4 File Management Tool
z File Management

o Select a Provisioning Mode:

• Initial Configuration
• Reconfiguration
• Change Configuration

n Select File
Management p After we have finished the
Tool MSS-1c Provisioning, click
on Create to save the
provisioning parameters in a
Provisioning File

1 · 2 · 47 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z After we have finished the Provisioning of the MSS-1c,

(It means after to have filled in all the parameters inside each tool of all Perspective),

z Save it in a Configuration File by using the Provisioning File field with the button < Create >

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 47
 2 MSS-1c Provisioning Tool
2.5 MSS-1c Configuration Tool
z MSS-1c Configuration (refer to Module S3-M4 Chapter 13)

z “MSS-1c Configuration” Tool is divided in:

z Ethernet Port configuration
ƒ PDH port configuration
ƒ Management port configuration
ƒ TDM cross-connection between Radio and user ports
ƒ Synchronization configuration
ƒ Bridge configuration
ƒ Port VLAN configuration
ƒ Storm control and Rate limiting
ƒ Per flow policer

1 · 2 · 48 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 48
Exercise

z Configure completely the NEs of the training center by following the

procedure given in this section.

1 · 2 · 49 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 49
 End of Module
Initial Configuration MPR Terminal

1 · 2 · 50 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Initial Configuration MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 50
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
NE operation
Module 3
Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
3JK Issue 2.0

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 1
 Blank Page

1·3·2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 2010-10-28 ALU University, First edition

Marcoussis

O2 2011-08-26 ALU University Updated to rel 3.1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 2
Module Objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

ƒ Activate and evaluate the Performance Monitoring application for the MPR
Terminal.

1·3·3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 3
Module Objectives [cont.]

1·3·4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 4
Table of Contents

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Performance Monitoring Perspective 7
1.3 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation 8
1.4 Performance History File Upload 10
2 PM: Normalized 15
2.1 Normalized Tool 16
2.2 MPT Unit Performances 18
2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration 20
2.3.1 Counters Thresholds 21
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters 23
2.3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring 28
2.3.2.2 Current Normalized Counters Monitoring 30
2.3.2.3 History Normalized Counters Graph 34
2.3.2.4 History Normalized Counters Details 38
2.4 Import History 39
3 PM: Adaptative Modulation 41
3.1 Adaptative Modulation Tool 42
3.2 15Min/24H Counters 44
3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring 49
3.2.2 Current Adaptative Modulation Counters Monitoring 51
3.2.3 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph 55
3.2.4 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Details 58
4 PM: Ethernet 59
4.1 Ethernet Tool 60
4.2 MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only) 62
1 · 3 · 54.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only) All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011 65
4.4
NE operation Ethernet
· Performance QoS
Monitoring Counters Monitoring
MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
68
4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only) 78
4.5.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring 81
4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring 83
4.5.3 Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Details 88
5 PM: Monitoring 89
5.1 Monitoring Tool 90
5.2 Alarms Tool 92

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]

Page
Switch to notes view!

1·3·6 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 6
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective

1·3·7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 7
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.1 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation

MPR-e

MSS-1c

1·3·8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 8
 1.1 Performance Monitoring Perspective Navigation
[cont.]

z Performance Monitoring Perspective is

divided in:

ƒ Performance History File Upload MSS-1c

ƒ Normalized
y CH1 Radio Hop - Counters Thresholds
- 15Min Counters
- 24H Counters
ƒ Adaptative Modulation
y 15Min Counters
y 24H Counters
ƒ Ethernet
y MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only)
y QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)
MPR-e
y Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
ƒ Monitoring
y Alarms

1·3·9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 9
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.2 Performance History File Upload

This tool allows to export in a

.csv file
the data regarding the
performance counters.

This operation is done through

an FTP session.

1 · 3 · 10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 10
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.2 Performance History File Upload [cont.]

Performance History File Tab Panel

Three fields are available:

z 1) FTP SERVER PARAMETERS –

ƒ This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to upload the
<Performance History File> from the NE.
z 2) PERFORMANCE HISTORY PARAMETERS –
ƒ This field allows to select the type of counters to be exported.
z 3) DOWNLOAD/UPLOAD FILE FROM FTP –
ƒ Through this field the Performance History Data is saved in a < Performance
History File >.

1 · 3 · 11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 11
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.2 Performance History File Upload [cont.]

z This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to upload the <
Performance History File > from the NE.

Server access configuration screen

1 · 3 · 12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

zIn the Server Address field write the IP address of the FTP server.
zUser Name and Password are the login information to access the FTP server.
zIn the Port field write the port to be used.
zBy clicking on the Check button, the server access values will be filled in automatically with the default
configuration.

zThe CT is the default FTP server with the following parameters:

z User Id: anonymous
z Password: -
z Address: local host IP address.
z Port: 21
z Root Dir: /

zNote: If as FTP Server the Apache Server, available on the TCO Software Suite Rel. 4.4 DVD-ROM, is used,
enter the following parameters:
z Server address: PC address
z Username: anonymous
z Password: anonymous
z Port: 21

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 12
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.2 Performance History File Upload [cont.]

z Select in the Performance Family field the type of counters to be exported:

ƒ Normalized Performance Counters
ƒ Adaptive Modulation Counters
ƒ MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only)
ƒ QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)
ƒ Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)

z Note: The counters to be exported must be stopped .

Performance History Parameters screen

1 · 3 · 13 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 13
 1 Performance Monitoring Perspective
1.2 Performance History File Upload [cont.]

z Through this field the Performance History Data is saved in a

<Performance History File>.

Download/Upload File from FTP screen

1 · 3 · 14 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Browse button to select and choose in your PC:

z the directory and,
z the <Performance History File> file name
where you want to upload the Performance History Data from the NE.

2. Then, click on the Upload History button to begin the upload process.

3. When the Performance History Data upload starts, a screen showing the in progress operation of the upload
appears. The upload is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.

4. Click Ok.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 14
 2 PM: Normalized

1 · 3 · 15 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 15
 2 PM: Normalized
2.1 Normalized Tool

1 · 3 · 16 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 16
 2 PM: Normalized
2.1 Normalized Tool [cont.]

Normalized Tool

z “Normalized Tool” is divided in:

ƒ CH1 Radio Hop

y Counters Thresholds
y 15Min Counters
y 24H Counters

1 · 3 · 17 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 17
 2 PM: Normalized
2.2 MPT Unit Performances

z The counters supported are the following:

ƒ ES - Errored Seconds
ƒ SES - Severely Errored Seconds
ƒ BBE - Background Block Error
ƒ UAS - UnAvailable Seconds

1 · 3 · 18 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The performance monitoring (PM) gives indication on the quality of service.

z Quality of service PM is performed in accordance with G.826 and G.784.
z It has assumed that the quality of the single tributary (E1, ...) can be derived from the quality of the
aggregate signal, therefore no dedicated quality of service Performance Monitoring is foreseen on the
single tributaries.
z Considering one section, one current register is for 15 min report and one for 24 h report; 96 history data
can be stored for 15 min report and 8 history data for 24 h report.
z Two different radio sections can be monitored:
z Radio Hop Section: the section between two radio stations inside the protection section.
z Radio Link Section: the section identifying the protected section.

z Note: The 15 min Performance Monitoring data are stored in the History Data report only if errors have
been occurred. The 24 h Performance Monitoring data are always stored in the History Data report.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 18
 2 PM: Normalized
2.2 MPT Unit Performances [cont.]

z The performance reports can be of 2 different types:

ƒ 15 minutes
ƒ 24 hours
z The following description explains the functions to provide the
Performance Monitoring process with a granularity period of 15 min.
The same functions are provided for 24h Performance Monitoring
process.
z The Performance Monitoring are of HOP or LINK type.
z HOP refer to Performance Monitoring before the RPS switch.
z LINK refer to Performance Monitoring after the RPS switch. The current
report can be seen (and configured) and the history log can be seen.

1 · 3 · 19 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 19
 2 PM: Normalized
2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration

z For CH1 Radio Hop configuration, three

tool tab-panels are available:

1) COUNTERS THRESHOLDS TOOL –

2) 15MIN COUNTERS TOOL –
3) 24H COUNTERS TOOL –

1 · 3 · 20 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 20
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.1 Counters Thresholds

z There are threshold tables for the HOP and for the LINK.
z There are two default threshold tables for HOP (Channel 1, Channel 0):
ƒ One for “CHx Radio Hop 15 Minutes”
ƒ One for “CHx Radio Hop 24 Hours”
z There are two default threshold tables for LINK:
ƒ One for “Radio Link 15 Minutes”
ƒ One for “Radio Link 24 Hours”

1 · 3 · 21 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

NOTE: Do not forget to apply your configuration parameters changes by

clicking on <Apply> button

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 21
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.1 Counters Thresholds [cont.]

How to create/modify a threshold table

2 3

z Note:
By clicking on “Defaults” button, the Low and High Thresholds are filled in with
the NE defaults values

1 · 3 · 22 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note:
Four threshold tables can be created/modified for the HOP (Threshold CH1-15Min, CH1-24H, CH0-15Min and
CH0-24H).
Two threshold tables can be created/modified for the LINK (Threshold Link-15Min and Link-24H).

z To create/modify a threshold table:

z 1) Click on Counters Threshold Tables HOP (or LINK) Navigator tree.
The Threshold Data screen will appear, as shown in the figure (Hop threshold).
z 2) Write the values for the Low and High thresholds.
z 3) Click on Apply. Automatically the new thresholds are applied to the NE.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 22
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters

15Min Counters
Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 23 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 23
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

15Min Counters
Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 24 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 24
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

24H Counters
Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 25 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 25
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

24H Counters
Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 26 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 26
 2.3 CH1 Radio Hop Configuration
2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

15Min/24H Counters Tab Panel

z 15Min/24H Counters Tab Panel is divided in two fields:

ƒ Current Normalized Counters Monitoring
ƒ History Normalized Counters Monitoring (“Graph” and “Details”)

1 · 3 · 27 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 27
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset Monitoring

Measurements Monitoring (1/2)

z 1) ACTIVATE THE COUNTERS –

z 2) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 3) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 4) STOP MONITORING –

1 · 3 · 28 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 28
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset Monitoring [cont.]

Measurements Monitoring (2/2)

z 5) RESET THE COUNTERS –

ƒ By clicking on “Reset” button, the
counters are reinitialized.

Note: During the monitoring, you can see

at anytime the Refresh Period Time you
selected

1 · 3 · 29 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 29
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.2 Current Normalized Counters Monitor.

Current Normalized Counters Monitoring Graphic

z The “Current Normalized Counters Monitoring” screen shows the Normalized

Counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see,
ƒ ES - Errored Seconds in yellow color
ƒ SES - Severely Errored Seconds in red color
ƒ BBE - Background Block Error in pink color
ƒ UAS - UnAvailable Seconds in blue color

z In the Title of this screen, the “Period Start Date” is displayed

1 · 3 · 30 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The ES, SES, BBE, UAS counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 30
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.2 Current Normalized Counters Monitor. [cont.]

z On the left and right side of the “Current Normalized Counters

Monitoring Graphic” screen;

ƒ One Bar-graph “Hour Glass” (on the left) shows the remaining
time of the current measurement period (15Min or 24H) with
the corresponding values of the counters

ƒ One Tabular field “Normalized Counters” (on the right) shows

the current relevant values of the counters (BBE, ES, SES, UAS)

1 · 3 · 31 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The ES, SES, BBE, UAS counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 31
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.2 Current Normalized Counters Monitor. [cont.]

z The graphic shows the curves of the counters (BBE, ES, SES, UAS)
during the current measurement period (15Min or 24H);

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in seconds.

ƒ On the right, the scale of values in blocks.

z In the <Alarms> field, two alarms:

ƒ TCA (Threshold Crossed Alarm) indicates that one threshold is reached
ƒ UAT (UnAvailable Time) indicates that during the time period, the
measurement was not possible (for example, if the Radio Link path is cut)
1 · 3 · 32 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Sometimes, the measurements shows “Suspect interval” which shows whether the current data are
suspect or not.

z Note: An interval is defined as “Suspect” if at least one of the following conditions occurs in the
collection period:
z the elapsed time deviates more than 10 seconds of the nominal time
z loss of the PM data in the equipment
z performance counters have been reset during the interval.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 32
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.2 Current Normalized Counters Monitor. [cont.]

Curves Management

• Loop Right

• Loop Left

• Loop Right and Left

1 · 3 · 33 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 33
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.3 History Normalized Counters Graph

History Normalized Counters Graph

z The “History Normalized Counters Graph” screen shows the History of
Normalized Counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see by bar-graphs the history periods of
time (15Min, 24H) of:
ƒ ES - Errored Seconds in yellow color
ƒ SES - Severely Errored Seconds in red color The column in pink color indicates
ƒ BBE - Background Block Error in pink color that the measurements are not
completed during the time period
ƒ UAS - UnAvailable Seconds in blue color

1 · 3 · 34 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Performance Monitoring process monitors the parameters during a specified interval (15Min or 24H)
and stores their values in history data. A History Data collection is created automatically at the end of
each time interval of Current Data.
z Note: Use the arrows “Right” and “Left” in the lower part to pass from one log to another log in the
history.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 34
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.3 History Normalized Counters Graph [cont.]
z The graphic shows the history bar-graphs of the counters (BBE, ES, SES, UAS)
during the total measurement period since the beginning of the measurements
Activation;

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in seconds.

ƒ On the right, the scale of values in blocks.

1 · 3 · 35 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 35
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.3 History Normalized Counters Graph [cont.]

Curves Management (1/2)

• Loop Right

• Loop Left

• Loop Right and Left

1 · 3 · 36 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 36
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.3 History Normalized Counters Graph [cont.]

Curves Management (2/2)

• Show erroneous
periods only

• Erase all periods

1 · 3 · 37 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 37
 2.3.2 15Min/24H Counters
2.3.2.4 History Normalized Counters Details

History Normalized Counters Details

z The “History Normalized Counters Details” screen shows the History of

Normalized Counters measurements related to the NE in tabular form.
z The measurements during the period of time (15Min or 24H) can be
completed or not completed:
ƒ The red cross means “not completed”
ƒ The green tick means “completed”

z The last two columns indicate if the alarms are raised:

ƒ TCA (Threshold Crossed Alarm) indicates that one threshold is reached
ƒ UAT (UnAvailable Time) indicates that during the time period, the
measurement was not possible (for example, if the Radio Link path is cut)
1 · 3 · 38 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 38
 2 PM: Normalized
2.4 Import History

1 · 3 · 39 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This menu allows to read the counters of the history report.

z Select Import History and click on the Load button.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 39
 2 PM: Normalized
2.4 Import History [cont.]

1 · 3 · 40 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Select the file to be opened and click on Open.

z The history file opens showing the performance report.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 40
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation

1 · 3 · 41 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 41
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation
3.1 Adaptative Modulation Tool

1 · 3 · 42 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z If the Adaptive Modulation has been enabled in the NE, in the Performance Monitoring tool will appear
also the performances regarding the Adaptive Modulation: these performances show the time during
which a specific modulation scheme has been active.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 42
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation
3.1 Adaptative Modulation Tool [cont.]

Adaptative Modulation Tool

z “Adaptative Modulation Tool” is divided in:

ƒ 15Min Counters
ƒ 24H Counters

1 · 3 · 43 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 43
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation
3.2 15Min/24H Counters

15Min Counters
Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 44 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 44
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation
3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

15Min Counters
Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 45 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 45
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

24H Counters
Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 46 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 46
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

24H Counters
Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 47 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 47
 3 PM: Adaptative Modulation
3.2 15Min/24H Counters [cont.]

15Min/24H Counters Tab Panel

z 15Min/24H Counters Tab Panel is divided in two fields:

ƒ Current Adaptative Modulation Counters Monitoring
ƒ History Adaptative Modulation Counters Monitoring (“Graph” and “Details”)

1 · 3 · 48 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 48
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring

Measurements Monitoring (1/2)

z 1) ACTIVATE THE COUNTERS –

z 2) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 3) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 4) STOP MONITORING –

1 · 3 · 49 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 49
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring [cont.]

Measurements Monitoring (2/2)

z 5) RESET THE COUNTERS –

ƒ By clicking on “Reset” button, the
counters are reinitialized.

Note: During the monitoring, you can see

at anytime the Refresh Period Time you
selected

1 · 3 · 50 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 50
 3.2.2 Current Adaptative Modulation Counters
Monitoring

Current Adaptative Modulation Counters Monitoring Graphic

z The “Current Adaptative Modulation Counters Monitoring” screen shows the

Adaptative Modulation Counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see the time in seconds during which the
NE run with a specific modulation (from QPSK to 256 QAM)

z In the Title of this screen, the “Period Start Date” is displayed

1 · 3 · 51 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The QPSK, 8 PSK, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM counters values refer to the last
refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

z The different Adaptative Modulation counters:

z QPSK - in yellow color
z 8 PSK - in red color
z 16 QAM - in pink color
z 32 QAM - in blue color
z 64 QAM - in yellow color
z 128 QAM - in pink color
z 256 QAM - in blue color

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 51
 3.2.2 Current Adaptative Modulation Counters
Monitoring [cont.]

z On the left and right side of the “Current Adaptative Modulation

Counters Monitoring Graphic” screen;

ƒ One Bar-graph “Summary” (on the left) shows the remaining

time of the current measurement period (15Min or 24H)

ƒ One Tabular field “Adaptative Modulation Counters” (on

the right) shows the current relevant values of the counters
(QPSK, 8 PSK, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM)

1 · 3 · 52 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The QPSK, 8 PSK, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM counters values refer to the last
refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

z The different Adaptative Modulation counters:

z QPSK - in yellow color
z 8 PSK - in red color
z 16 QAM - in pink color
z 32 QAM - in blue color
z 64 QAM - in yellow color
z 128 QAM - in pink color
z 256 QAM - in blue color

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 52
 3.2.2 Current Adaptative Modulation Counters
Monitoring [cont.]

z The graphic shows the curves of the counters (QPSK, 8 PSK, 16 QAM,
32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM) during the current measurement
period (15Min or 24H);

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in seconds.

1 · 3 · 53 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Sometimes, the measurements shows “Suspect interval” which shows whether the current data are
suspect or not.

z Note: An interval is defined as “Suspect” if at least one of the following conditions occurs in the
collection period:
z the elapsed time deviates more than 10 seconds of the nominal time
z loss of the PM data in the equipment
z performance counters have been reset during the interval.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 53
 3.2.2 Current Adaptative Modulation Counters
Monitoring [cont.]

Curves Management

• Loop Left

1 · 3 · 54 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 54
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2.3 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph

History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph

z The “History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph” screen shows the History of
Adaptative Modulation Counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see by bar-graphs the history periods of
time (15Min, 24H) of:
•QPSK - in yellow color •64 QAM - in yellow color
•8 PSK - in red color •128 QAM - in pink color
•16 QAM - in pink color •256 QAM - in blue color
•32 QAM - in blue color

1 · 3 · 55 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The Performance Monitoring process monitors the parameters during a specified interval (15Min or 24H)
and stores their values in history data. A History Data collection is created automatically at the end of
each time interval of Current Data.
z Note: Use the arrows “Right” and “Left” in the lower part to pass from one log to another log in the
history.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 55
 3.2.3 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph
[cont.]
z The graphic shows the history bar-graphs of the counters (QPSK, 8 PSK, 16
QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM) during the total measurement
period since the beginning of the measurements Activation;

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in seconds.

1 · 3 · 56 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 56
 3.2.3 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Graph
[cont.]

Curves Management

• Loop Left

• Erase all periods

1 · 3 · 57 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 57
 3.2 15Min/24H Counters
3.2.4 History Adaptative Modulation Counters Details

History Adaptative Modulation Counters Details

z The “History Adaptative Modulation Counters Details” screen shows the History
of Adaptative Modulation measurements related to the NE in tabular form.
z The measurements during the period of time (15Min or 24H) can be completed or
not completed:
ƒ The red cross means “not completed”
ƒ The green tick means “completed”

1 · 3 · 58 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 58
 4 PM: Ethernet

1 · 3 · 59 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 59
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.1 Ethernet Tool

1 · 3 · 60 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 60
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.1 Ethernet Tool [cont.]

Ethernet Tool

z “Ethernet Tool” is divided in:

MSS-1c
ƒ MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only)
y Transmitted Frames
y Discarded Frames
y Transmitted Bytes
ƒ QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)
y Transmitted Frames
y Discarded Frames
y Transmitted Bytes
ƒ Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
y Number of Bytes
MPR-e
y Number of Frames
y Discarded Frames
y Errored Frames
y Unicast Frames
y Multicast Frames
y Broadcast Frames

1 · 3 · 61 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 61
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.2 MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only)

MPT QoS Ingress Counters

Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 62 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 62
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.2 MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only) [cont.]

MPT QoS Ingress Counters

Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 63 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 63
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.2 MPT QoS Ingress Counters (for MSS-1c only) [cont.]

Ethernet MPT QoS Ingress Counters Tab Panel

z Ethernet MPT QoS Ingress Counters Tab Panel is divided in one field:
ƒ Ethernet MPT QoS Ingress Counters Monitoring

1 · 3 · 64 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 64
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)

QoS Counters
Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 65 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 65
 4.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only) [cont.]

QoS Counters
Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 66 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 66
 4.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.3 QoS Counters (for MPR-e only) [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Tab Panel

z Ethernet QoS Counters Tab Panel is divided in one field:

ƒ Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring

1 · 3 · 67 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 67
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring

Span choice for the monitoring

z Before to start the monitoring, choose the span of the “Ethernet

Counters Measurements Graphic” screen, it can be:
ƒ 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 24 hours.

1 · 3 · 68 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 68
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Measurements Monitoring (1/2)

z 1) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 2) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 3) STOP MONITORING –

1 · 3 · 69 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 69
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Measurements Monitoring (2/2)

z 4) RESET THE COUNTERS –

ƒ By clicking on “Reset” button, the
counters are reinitialized.

Note: During the monitoring, you can see

at anytime the Refresh Period Time you
selected

1 · 3 · 70 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 70
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring Tabular View

z The “Ethernet QoS Counters Tabular View” screen shows the History of Ethernet
QoS Counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see the values for Aggregate and each
queue:
ƒ Target Time ƒ Discarded Frames (Discarded TCF)
ƒ Transmitted Frames (TCF) ƒ Transmitted Bytes (TCO)

To see
more or less
details
click on + or -

1 · 3 · 71 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The MPT unit has 8 output queues.

z Queue 8 is reserved to TDM2TDM traffic.
z Queue 7 is reserved to TDM2Eth traffic.
z Queue 6 is reserved to TMN traffic.
z The remaining 5 queues are reserved to Ethernet traffic. Queue 5 is the highest priority queue.

z The Ethernet Aggregate Per Queue performances is measured in Outgoing radio side
z The available performances at queue level (for each queue) are:
z TCF: total number of Ethernet conforming frames accepted and transmitted out by the specific queue
of the interface.
z Discard TCF: total number of Discarded Ethernet conforming frames accepted by the specific queue of
the interface.
z TCO: total number of Ethernet conforming octets (bytes) accepted and transmitted out by the specific
queue of the interface.

z The different Ethernet QoS counters:

z TCF - in light blue color
z Discard TCF - in red color
z TCO - in dark blue color

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 71
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring Graphical View (1/4)

z The “Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring” screen shows the Ethernet QoS Counters
measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see the transmitted TCF frames, discarded
TCF frames and transmitted TCO bytes on each queue and aggregate frame

1 · 3 · 72 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The MPT unit has 8 output queues.

z Queue 8 is reserved to TDM2TDM traffic.
z Queue 7 is reserved to TDM2Eth traffic.
z Queue 6 is reserved to TMN traffic.
z The remaining 5 queues are reserved to Ethernet traffic. Queue 5 is the highest priority queue.

z The Ethernet Aggregate Per Queue performances is measured in Outgoing radio side
z The available performances at queue level (for each queue) are:
z TCF: total number of Ethernet conforming frames accepted and transmitted out by the specific queue
of the interface.
z Discard TCF: total number of Discarded Ethernet conforming frames accepted by the specific queue of
the interface.
z TCO: total number of Ethernet conforming octets (bytes) accepted and transmitted out by the specific
queue of the interface.

z The different Ethernet QoS counters:

z TCF - in light blue color
z Discard TCF - in red color
z TCO - in dark blue color

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 72
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring Graphical View (2/4)

ƒ Six tab-panels (Aggregate, Queue1, Queue2, Queue3, Queue4, Queue5)

presents the Ethernet QoS measurements in the same graphical display.

ƒ Five bar-graphs for the 5 queues shows the relevant values

of the Ethernet QoS counters (transmitted TCF frames,
discarded TCF frames and transmitted TCO bytes).

1 · 3 · 73 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The MPT unit has 8 output queues.

z Queue 8 is reserved to TDM2TDM traffic.
z Queue 7 is reserved to TDM2Eth traffic.
z Queue 6 is reserved to TMN traffic.
z The remaining 5 queues are reserved to Ethernet traffic. Queue 5 is the highest priority queue.

z The Ethernet Aggregate Per Queue performances is measured in Outgoing radio side
z The available performances at queue level (for each queue) are:
z TCF: total number of Ethernet conforming frames accepted and transmitted out by the specific queue
of the interface.
z Discard TCF: total number of Discarded Ethernet conforming frames accepted by the specific queue of
the interface.
z TCO: total number of Ethernet conforming octets (bytes) accepted and transmitted out by the specific
queue of the interface.

z The different Ethernet QoS counters:

z TCF - in light blue color
z Discard TCF - in red color
z TCO - in dark blue color

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 73
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring Graphical View (3/4)

ƒ Six tab-panels (Aggregate, Queue1, Queue2, Queue3, Queue4, Queue5)

presents the Ethernet QoS measurements in the same graphical display.

1 · 3 · 74 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 74
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring Graphical View (4/4)

z The graphical view shows the curves of the counters (transmitted TCF
frames, discarded TCF frames and transmitted TCO bytes);

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in frames.

ƒ On the right, the scale of values in bytes.

1 · 3 · 75 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 75
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Ethernet QoS Counters Curves Management

• Go to the first Measurement point
• Go to the last Measurement point
• Move the curve towards the left
• Move the curve towards the right
• Zoom In
• Zoom Out
• Erase all curves !
• Scroll lock

It is the same as « Power/Modem Measurements Curves Management »

1 · 3 · 76 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 76
 4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring
4.4 Ethernet QoS Counters Monitoring [cont.]

Export Data to a .csv File

z By clicking on “Export data to a .csv file”, you save the Ethernet QoS
Counters Measurements in a .csv file.

z Then the MCT asks you to choose a path and name for this file in your
PC (You can store the file in any directory).

It is the same as « Export Power Measurements Data »

1 · 3 · 77 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 77
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)

Traffic Port Counters Tab Panel (1/2)

1 · 3 · 78 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 78
 4 PM: Ethernet
4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only) [cont.]

Traffic Port Counters Tab Panel (2/2)

1 · 3 · 79 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 79
 4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only) [cont.]

Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Tab Panel

z Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Tab Panel is divided in one field:

ƒ Ethernet Ingress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
ƒ Ethernet Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
ƒ Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Details

1 · 3 · 80 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 80
 4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.5.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring

Measurements Monitoring (1/2)

z 1) START MONITORING –
ƒ After clicking on “Start Monitoring”
button, you have to select the
refresh period for monitoring.

z 2) SELECT THE REFRESH PERIOD

FOR MONITORING –

z 3) STOP MONITORING –

1 · 3 · 81 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 81
 4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.5.1 Activate/Start/Stop/Reset the Monitoring [cont.]

Measurements Monitoring (2/2)

z 4) RESET THE COUNTERS –

ƒ By clicking on “Reset” button, the
counters are reinitialized.

Note: During the monitoring, you can see

at anytime the Refresh Period Time you
selected

1 · 3 · 82 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 82
 4.5 Traffic Port Counters (for MPR-e only)
4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
Ethernet Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Graphic
z The “Ethernet Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Graphic” screen shows the values of
the different traffic counters measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see, in real time,
ƒ The current traffic port ethernet counters: number of bytes TTO/TRCO (green
color), number of frames TTF/TRCF (green color), discarded TDF frames
(yellow color) and errored TRSEF frames (red color)
ƒ The Frames destination: TRCF Unicast, TRCF Multicast and TRCF Broadcast
frames in different blue color

1 · 3 · 83 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The available performances at port level are:

z TTO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the Interface, including
Ethernet header characters.
z TRCO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface,
including Ethernet header characters.
z TTF: total number of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the interface.
z TRCF: total number of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TDF: total number of Transmitted Ethernet frames which were chosen to be discarded due to buffer congestion.
z TRSEF: total number of errored frames.

z TRCF Unicast: total number of Ethernet Unicast frames transmitted out (Egress) or received correctly (Ingress) by
the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TRCF Multicast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address.
z TRCF Broadcast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to the broadcast address. This number does not include multicast packets.

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

z The different Ingress/Egress Traffic Port counters:

z TCO/TRCO - in green color
z TTF/TRCF - in green color
z TDF - in yellow color
z TRSEF - in red color
z TRCF Unicast - in blue color
z TRCF Multicast - in blue color
z TRCF Broadcast - in blue color

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 83
 4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
[cont.]

z On the left side of the “Ethernet Ingress/Egress Traffic Port

Counters Monitoring Graphic” screen;

ƒ Two Bar-graph “Summary” shows:

y On the left, the distribution of the various counters of the
“Current Traffic Port Ethernet Counters” field
y On the right, the distribution of the various counters of the
“Frames Destination” field

1 · 3 · 84 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The available performances at port level are:

z TTO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the Interface, including
Ethernet header characters.
z TRCO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface,
including Ethernet header characters.
z TTF: total number of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the interface.
z TRCF: total number of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TDF: total number of Transmitted Ethernet frames which were chosen to be discarded due to buffer congestion.
z TRSEF: total number of errored frames.

z TRCF Unicast: total number of Ethernet Unicast frames transmitted out (Egress) or received correctly (Ingress) by
the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TRCF Multicast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address.
z TRCF Broadcast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to the broadcast address. This number does not include multicast packets.

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

z The different Ingress/Egress Traffic Port counters:

z TCO/TRCO - in green color
z TTF/TRCF - in green color
z TDF - in yellow color
z TRSEF - in red color
z TRCF Unicast - in blue color
z TRCF Multicast - in blue color
z TRCF Broadcast - in blue color

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 84
 4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
[cont.]

z On the right side of the “Ethernet Ingress/Egress Traffic Port

Counters Monitoring Graphic” screen;

ƒ Two Tabular field:

y “Current Traffic Port Ethernet Counters” shows the current
relevant values of the counters (number of bytes, number of
frames, discarded frames, errored frames)
y “Frames Destination” shows the current relevant values of the
counters (Unicast frames, Multicast frames, Broadcast frames )

1 · 3 · 85 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The available performances at port level are:

z TTO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the Interface, including
Ethernet header characters.
z TRCO: total number of octets (bytes) of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface,
including Ethernet header characters.
z TTF: total number of Ethernet frames transmitted out (Egress) by the interface.
z TRCF: total number of Ethernet frames received (Ingress) by the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TDF: total number of Transmitted Ethernet frames which were chosen to be discarded due to buffer congestion.
z TRSEF: total number of errored frames.

z TRCF Unicast: total number of Ethernet Unicast frames transmitted out (Egress) or received correctly (Ingress) by
the Virtual Ethernet Interface.
z TRCF Multicast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address.
z TRCF Broadcast: total number of good packets transmitted by this address (Egress) or received (Ingress) that were
directed to the broadcast address. This number does not include multicast packets.

z Note: The different counters values refer to the last refresh performed with the Auto Refresh.

z The different Ingress/Egress Traffic Port counters:

z TCO/TRCO - in green color
z TTF/TRCF - in green color
z TDF - in yellow color
z TRSEF - in red color
z TRCF Unicast - in blue color
z TRCF Multicast - in blue color
z TRCF Broadcast - in blue color

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 85
 4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
[cont.]

z The graphic shows the curves of the counters (BBE, ES, SES, UAS);

ƒ On the left, the scale of values in frames.

ƒ On the right, the scale of values in bytes.

1 · 3 · 86 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 86
 4.5.2 Ingress/Egress Traffic Port Counters Monitoring
[cont.]

Curves Management

• Loop Right

• Loop Left

• Loop Right and Left

1 · 3 · 87 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 87
 4.5.3 Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port Counters
Details

Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Details

z The “Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port Counters Details” screen shows the
History of Ingress/Egress Ethernet Traffic Port measurements related to the NE.
z Through this screen the operator can see the values:
ƒ Target Time ƒ Errored Frames
ƒ Number Of Bytes ƒ Unicast Frames
ƒ Number Of Frames ƒ Multicast Frames
ƒ Discarded Frames ƒ Broadcast Frames

1 · 3 · 88 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 88
 5 PM: Monitoring

1 · 3 · 89 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 89
 5 PM: Monitoring
5.1 Monitoring Tool

1 · 3 · 90 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 90
 5 PM: Monitoring
5.1 Monitoring Tool [cont.]

Monitoring Tool

z “Monitoring Tool” is divided in:

ƒ Alarms

1 · 3 · 91 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 91
 5 PM: Monitoring
5.2 Alarms Tool

z This tool is exactly the same tool explained in <Commissioning Perspective>

1 · 3 · 92 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 92
Exercise

z Using the test link described in the following slide,

do the following steps:

1. Enable Performance Monitoring on the NE A and B to

monitor the quality of the path connecting the two
Test Instruments

2. Using the variable attenuator, simulate a link degradation and display the
current and the historical collected data

1 · 3 · 93 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 93
Exercise

VARIABLE
ATTENUATOR

Test Test
Instr. A B Instr.

Operator 1 Operator 2

1 · 3 · 94 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 94
Blank Page

1 · 3 · 95 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 95
 End of Module
Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal

1 · 3 · 96 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

NE operation · Performance Monitoring MPR Terminal
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 96
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 2
Maintenance
Module 1
Fault Management
3JK Issue 2.0

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 1
 Blank Page

2·1·2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 2010-10-28 ALU University, First edition

Marcoussis

02 2011-08-26 ALU University Updated to rel 3.1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 2
Module Objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

ƒ Perform the troubleshooting of the 9500 MPR.

2·1·3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 3
Module Objectives [cont.]

2·1·4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 4
Table of Contents

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Fault Management 7
1.1 Troubleshooting 8
1.1.1 Before Going to Site Checklist 9
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics 11
1.1.3 Troubleshooting with MSS-1c 23
1.1.4 Troubleshooting Path Problems 24
1.1.4.1 Path Problems on a Commissioned Link 25
1.1.4.2 Path Problems on a New Link 27
1.1.5 Troubleshooting Configuration Problems 28
1.1.6 Troubleshooting Ethernet Problems 29
1.1.7 Troubleshooting TMN Problems 31
2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement 35
2.1 MSS-1c Removal and Replacement 36
2.2 MSS-1c replaced by MSS-1c 16E1 37
2.3 MSS-1c 16E1 replaced by MSS-1c 38
2.4 MPT-HC Removal and Replacement 39
2.5 MPT-HC V2 removal and replacement 40
2.6 MPT-MC Removal and Replacement 41
End of Module 42

2·1·5 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

2·1·6
Maintenance · Fault Management
This Allpage is left blank intentionally
Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 6
 1 Fault Management

2·1·7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 7
 1 Fault Management
1.1 Troubleshooting

z This section provides guidance on:

ƒ Before Going to Site Checklist
ƒ Troubleshooting Basics
ƒ Troubleshooting Path Problems
ƒ Troubleshooting Configuration Problems
ƒ Troubleshooting Ethernet Problems
ƒ Troubleshooting TMN Problems
ƒ Troubleshooting Network Supervision

2·1·8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 8
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.1 Before Going to Site Checklist

z Where possible, before going to site obtain the following information:

ƒ Does the fault require immediate attention?
ƒ Determine who is the best-placed person to attend the fault.
ƒ Confirm the nature and severity of the reported fault, its location, 9500 MPR
type, frequency band, high/low end ODU, capacity, modulation and
configuration (non protected, protected, diversity). Ask:
y Is just one 9500 MPR link affected, or a number of links in the same geographical
area?
y Is the path down completely or is traffic passing but with a BER alarm?
y Is only one or a number of tributaries affected?
y Could the fault be in the equipment connected to 9500 MPR, rather than in 9500
MPR? Are there alarms on other, connected equipment?
y Is it a hard or intermittent fault?
y Do alarms confirm which end of an alarmed link is faulty?
ƒ Could the weather (rain, ice, high wind, temperature) be a factor in the
reported fault?

2·1·9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: If the fault suggests a rain fade or other weather related fade condition and it matches the
prevailing weather conditions, do not take any action until the weather abates.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 9
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.1 Before Going to Site Checklist [cont.]

ƒ Does link history suggest any fault trends?

y Does the fault history for the link indicate a likely cause?
y Is the 9500 MPR link newly installed?
y Has there been any recent work done on the link?
ƒ Ensure that you have with you:
y Appropriate spares. Where an equipment failure is suspected, these should include
replacement cards/plug-ins and ODU. If an ODU is suspected then local/national
climbing safety requirements must be adhered to.
y A laptop PC loaded with Craft Terminal, and an Ethernet connection cable. (You
need the 9500 MPR IP address and also the addresses for any remote sites to be
accessed).
y If login security has been enabled, you need the 'engineer' password for the local and
also any remote sites to be accessed.
y Any special test equipment that may be needed, such as a BER tester.
y Toolkit.
y Key(s) for access to the site.

2 · 1 · 10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 10
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics

z Check front-panel LED indications. These provide summary alarm

indications, which can help narrow down the location and type of
failure.
ƒ Where a Status LED on a plug-in is off (unlit), but power to the MSS is
confirmed by LEDs on other plug-ins, check the seating of the affected plug-
in.

z Check the MCT Screen. When logging to the equipment with Craft
Terminal, the opening screen is the Main Screen. Use the information
provided in menu Alarms and in menu Events to check for severity and
problem type.

2 · 1 · 11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This section provides general guidance on 9500 MPR troubleshooting.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 11
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

z MSS-1c and Fans Alarm Matrix

Equipment Alarm Description Configuration/ Most Probable Cause Action
Alarm
1+0
MSS-1c Card Fail Major MSS-1c card fail Replace the MSS-1c

SFP missing alarm Major The SFP optional plug-in is Install the plug-in in the
provisioned, but not present SFP slot

SFP Tx fault (for Major Failure in the optical Replace the SFP
optical only) transmitter
LOS on Gigabit Major Loss of Ethernet is detected If the user port is in
ETH Interface forced mode, set it in
autonegociation 1000Mb/s
Full Duplex and then
come back to the forced
mode.

continue

2 · 1 · 12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 12
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Equipment Alarm Description Configuration/ Most Probable Cause Action

Alarm
1+0
MSS-1c LOS on PDH Major No E1 input signal detected Check E1 source and/or
(E1 section) Tributary on any one or more of 10 cable
lines
AIS on PDH Major AIS detected by the receive Check for upstream E1
Tributary (Rx) circuits on one or more E1 source for errors
lines, indicating upstream
failure
AIS on PDH Major AIS detected on one or more Check E1 source
Tributary (Tx) E1 lines at input to PDH
10xE1
Loss of CESoETH Major Packets are not being Check/Troubleshoot far
Frame received by the emulation end alarms
circuits
Fans Unit Card Fail Major Fan failed Replace fan unit

2 · 1 · 13 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 13
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

z MPT-HC/MPT-HC V2 Alarm Matrix

Configuration/
Alarm Alarm
Equipment Most Probable Cause Action
Description
1+0
MPT-HC/ Card Fail Major MPT-HC/MPT-HC V2 failed Replace MPT-HC/MPT-HC
MPT-HC V2 V2
Loss of Radio Major Far end problems, RF path 1. Check/troubleshoot
Frame problems, or local circuit far end alarms
failures have caused BER to 2. Replace alarmed
increase to the point that MPT-HC/MPT-HC V2
frames are being lost
Demod Major Internal receive circuit Replace MPT-HC/MPT-
Function Fail failure HC/MPT-HC V2

continue

2 · 1 · 14 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 14
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Configuration/
Alarm Alarm
Equipment Most Probable Cause Action
Description
1+0
MPT-HC/ High BER Major Bit Error Rate threshold 1. Verify RF path is clear,
MPT-HC V2 (10E-4) exceeded antenna is aligned, and no
existing weather-related
problems
2. Verify RSL is above RCV
threshold. If not – check
upstream transmitter
output/troubleshoot transmitter
Early Warning Minor 10E-9 BER detected No action is required at this
time. Monitor receive signal for
increased degrading
Link Identifier Major Link identifier number Set numbers at both ends of hop
Mismatch provisioned is different to match
from link identifier
number provisioned at
other end of hop
continue

2 · 1 · 15 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 15
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Configuration/
Alarm Alarm
Equipment Most Probable Cause Action
Description
1+0
MPT-HC/ MPT Loop Minor Communication problem Check the radio hop
MPT-HC V2 Communication between the local MPT and the
alarm remote MPT for all the
functionalities requiring a
communication loop (ATPC,
ACM, Pre-distorsion)
Sync Degraded Minor This alarm can raise if the Check the radio hop
signal addressed Radio interface has
been configured as
primary/secondary
synchronization source. It is
active if the frequency of the
clock recovered from radio Rx
signal is mistuned

continue

2 · 1 · 16 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 16
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Configuration/
Alarm Alarm
Equipment Most Probable Cause Action
Description
1+0
MPT-HC/ TCA on Radio Major Alarm threshold exceeded on
MPT-HC V2 Hop standby MPT-HC/MPT-HC V2
after switching from main to
standby
UAT on Radio Major 10 consecutive SES (unavailable
Hop time period) detected on
standby MPT-HC/MPT-HC V2
after switching from admin to
standby

2 · 1 · 17 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z TCA – Threshold Crossing Alarm

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 17
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

z MPT-MC Alarm Matrix

Configuration/ Most Probable Cause Action

Equipment Alarm Description Alarm
1+0
MPT-MC Card Fail Major MPT-MC failed Replace MPT-MC
Loss of Radio Major Far end problems, RF path 1. Check/troubleshoot
Frame problems, or local circuit far end alarms
failures have caused BER to 2. Replace alarmed
increase to the point that MPT-MC
frames are being lost
Demod Function Major Internal receive circuit Replace MPT-MC
Fail failure

continue

2 · 1 · 18 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z RCV – Receiver

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 18
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Configuration/ Most Probable Cause Action

Equipment Alarm Description Alarm
1+0
MPT-MC High BER Major Bit Error Rate threshold 1. Verify RF path is clear,
(10E-4) exceeded antenna is aligned, and
no existing weather-
related problems
2. Verify RSL is above RCV
threshold.
If not – check upstream
transmitter
output/troubleshoot
transmitter
Early Warning Minor 10E-9 BER detected No action is required at this
time. Monitor receive signal
for increased degrading
Link Identifier Major Link identifier number Set numbers at both ends of
Mismatch provisioned is different hop to match
from link identifier
number provisioned at
other end of hop
continue

2 · 1 · 19 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 19
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

Configuration/ Most Probable Cause Action

Equipment Alarm Description Alarm
1+0
MPT-MC MPT Loop Minor Communication problem between Check the radio
Communication the local MPT and the remote MPT hop
alarm for all the functionalities requiring a
communication loop (ATPC, ACM,
Pre-distorsion)
Sync Degraded Minor This alarm can raise if the addressed Check the radio
signal Radio interface has been configured hop
as primary/secondary
synchronization source. It is active
if the frequency of the clock
recovered from radio Rx signal is
mistuned
TCA on Radio Hop Major Alarm threshold exceeded on
standby MPT-MC after switching
from main to standby
UAT on Radio Hop Major 10 consecutive SES (unavailable
time period) detected on standby
MPT-MC after switching from admin
to standby

2 · 1 · 20 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z TCA – Threshold Crossing Alarm

z UAT – Un-Available Time

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 20
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

ƒ Check the basics first.

y For example, if multiple alarms are present, and these include power supply voltage
or hardware alarms, always check their cause before looking at resultant down-
stream path failure or path warning (signal) alarms.
y Similarly, if a path-related failure is indicated (no hardware or software alarms),
investigate the path. Go to the Craft Terminal History screen (15 minute view), to
check supporting data, such as low RSL and incidence of intermittent pre-failure BER
alarms, which if present are evidence of a path-related failure.
y Refer to Troubleshooting Path Problems for more information.

ƒ Check if symptoms match the alarm.

y Alarms reflect the alarm state, but in exceptional circumstances an alarm may be
raised because of a failure to communicate correctly with the alarm source, or a
failure in alarm management processing.
y Always check to see if symptoms match the alarm, using LED indications and the
Craft Terminal.

2 · 1 · 21 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 21
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Troubleshooting Basics [cont.]

ƒ Check if recent work may be a cause. Recent work at the site may be a
cause or contributing factor. Check for a configuration change, software
upgrade, power recycling (reboot), or other site work:
y Many hardware alarms are only initiated as a loss-of-communications alarm during a
reboot, software upgrade, or reconfiguration. By not being able to communicate with
the MSS, their settings cannot be loaded. The fault may be at the hardware device
(most likely), communications to it, or the MSS.
y Hardware/software compatibility alarms will be raised when a new plug-in is
installed that needs a later version of 9500 MPR software.
y Hardware incompatible alarms will be raised when a plug-in is installed in a slot that
has been configured for a different plug-in.
ƒ MSS before an ODU. If there is doubt about whether a fault is in the MSS or
ODU, always replace the MSS first; it is quicker and easier.

2 · 1 · 22 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 22
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.3 Troubleshooting with MSS-1c

z Electrical or optical connection

z In case of electrical connection with MPT (PFoE), there must be NO

optical SFP plugged in MPT cage port (even if no fiber connected).
z In case of moving from optical to electrical connection with MPT, the
MSS-1c has to be switched off/on AFTER having unplugged the optical
SFP on MPT port.
z In case of moving from electrical to optical connection with MPT, the
MSS-1c has to be switched off/on AFTER having plug the optical SFP on
MPT port.

2 · 1 · 23 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 23
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.4 Troubleshooting Path Problems

z A path-related problem, with the exception of interference, is

characterized by traffic being similarly affected in both directions.
Generally, if you are experiencing only a one-way problem, it is not a
path problem.
ƒ Normally a path problem is signaled by a reduced RSL, and depending on its
severity, a high BER.
ƒ Only in worst case situations, such as an antenna knocked out of alignment,
will a path fail completely, and stay that way.
ƒ For weather-related problems, such as rain or ducting, the path problem will
disappear as the weather returns to normal.

2 · 1 · 24 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: A path extends from ODU antenna port to ODU antenna port.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 24
 1.1.4 Troubleshooting Path Problems
1.1.4.1 Path Problems on a Commissioned Link

z A path problem on an existing link, one that has been operating

satisfactorily may be caused by:
ƒ Weather-related path degradation
y If BER alarms are fleeting / not permanent and RSL returns to its normal,
commissioned level after the alarm is cleared, rain, diffraction, or multipath fading
is indicated. Rain fade is the likely cause of fade for links 13 GHz and higher.
Diffraction and multipath/ducting for links 11 GHz and lower. If these alarms are
persistent, there could be a problem with the link design or original installation.
ƒ Changed antenna alignment or antenna feed problem
y If RSLs do not return to commissioned levels after a period of exceptionally strong
winds, suspect antenna alignment.
y Also, check the antenna for physical damage, such as may occur with ice-fall. For a
remote-mounted ODU, check its antenna feeder.
ƒ New path obstruction
y Where all other parameters check as normal, and the path has potential for it to be
obstructed by construction works, view/survey the path for possible new
obstructions.

2 · 1 · 25 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 25
 1.1.4 Troubleshooting Path Problems
1.1.4.1 Path Problems on a Commissioned Link [cont.]

ƒ Interference from other signal sources

y Interference usually affects traffic in just one direction. Unlike other path problems,
RSL is not affected. If suspected, check for new link installations at, or in the same
geographical area, as the affected site. Ultimately, a spectrum analyzer may have to
be used to confirm interference, which is not an easy task given the need to connect
directly to the antenna port, after removing the ODU.

2 · 1 · 26 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 26
 1.1.4 Troubleshooting Path Problems
1.1.4.2 Path Problems on a New Link

z For a new link, potential problems can extend to also include:

ƒ Incorrect antenna alignment
y One or both antennas incorrectly aligned. Refer to Installation alignment procedure.
ƒ Mismatching antenna polarizations
y Given a typical polarization discrimination of 30 dB, for most links it is not possible
to capture a signal to begin the antenna alignment process.
ƒ Incorrect path calculations
y If the RSLs are too low or too high, antenna alignment is correct, and Tx power
settings are correct, check the path calculations used to determine the link
performance. A good calculation match is +/- 2 dB. Disagreements in excess of 3 dB
should be investigated.
ƒ Reflections
y Reflection (path cancellation) problems may not have been picked up at the path
planning stage, particularly if the survey was a simple line-of-sight. If suspected,
resurvey the path.

2 · 1 · 27 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 27
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.5 Troubleshooting Configuration Problems

z Configuration problems should only occur during the set up of a new

link, or reconfiguration of an existing link. The more common problems
may be broadly categorized as:
ƒ Incorrect circuit connections
y No alarms are activated for incorrect circuit connections. An incorrect assignment
means the expected end-to-end circuit connectivity will not happen. Re-check circuit
assignments for all nodes carrying the lost circuit(s)
y Take extra care when configuring ring circuits.
ƒ Incorrect ID naming, and commissioning
y All traffic-carrying circuits must have a unique flow ID for the cross-connect
capability to operate.
ƒ Incorrect/incompatible trib settings
y Trib line interface settings incorrect, or line levels incompatible. While no alarm
activates for an incorrect setting, its effect may result in line levels being too low
(LOS alarm), or too high, resulting in a high BER.

2 · 1 · 28 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 28
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.6 Troubleshooting Ethernet Problems

z This section gives general guidance on troubleshooting problems related

to the four Ethernet ports on the MSS-1c.

z The most common Ethernet problems are network and connectivity

related and therefore always check the following first:
ƒ for User and NMS ports, verify link partner capability, provisioning, and
connection
ƒ for Radio ports, verify the cabling between ODU and MSS.

2 · 1 · 29 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 29
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.6 Troubleshooting Ethernet Problems [cont.]

z In order for the green Link LED to light:

ƒ 1 - Cable must be connected to Ethernet port
ƒ 2 - Ethernet port must be enabled (provisioned Enabled on MSS Settings
Screen)
ƒ 3 - Speed and mode (on MSS Settings Screen) must be provisioned the same as
the link partner.
z The yellow LED opposite the green on the connector indicates activity
only.
z The flashing yellow LED is not an indicator of signal type or quality.

2 · 1 · 30 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 30
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.7 Troubleshooting TMN Problems

z This section gives general guidance on troubleshooting TMN problems

related to NMS Ethernet ports 1 and 2 on the MSS-1c.

z The most common TMN problems are network related and first alert is
normally observed by improper operation at the SNMP master. Always
check the following first:
ƒ Verify master is properly registered in NE to receive traps
ƒ Verify SNMP version matches system requirements
ƒ Verify correct community string and privileges
ƒ Verify proper network routing.
z Refer to the next table for detailed TMN network troubleshooting.

2 · 1 · 31 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 31
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.7 Troubleshooting TMN Problems [cont.]

Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution

Unusually slow communication in 1. Normal network management There may be too many radios
radio network traffic is saturating the being managed within a single
communications channel. region. Split the radio network
management into different regions
and backhaul the traffic for each
region through separate channels.
2. Polling radios for PM data or Poll the radios more slowly.
missed alarms too rapidly
3. Multiple remote software Download to fewer radios at a
downloads in process time.
4. IP traffic other than network Configure external routers to
management traffic being routed allow only network management
through radio network related traffic through the
Management network of the
radios. Dynamic route updates
(OSPF) may attempt to reroute
high speed traffic through the TMN
network if a high speed link fails.

Continue …

2 · 1 · 32 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 32
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.7 Troubleshooting TMN Problems [cont.]

Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution

Unable to operate controls using To perform control operations, the Register the Manager as a craft
SNMP Manager must be registered as a device. Manager registration type
craft device. can be changed as needed to type
‘ct’ to allow control operation and
then be changed back to ‘nml’ for
normal operation.
Can Read SNMP objects but cannot 1. Incorrect community string Use the correct community string.
write to SNMP objects
2. If the TMN Interface is Use the correct write community
configured for SNMPv2, the write string
community string is probably
wrong.
No traps being received from NE 1. Manager not registered in NE to Register Manager with NE.
receive traps
2. Communication failure in Check network connectivity.
network Check redundant network paths
and routing. Traceroute (tracert)
is useful for locating path or
routing faults.

Continue …

2 · 1 · 33 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 33
 1.1 Troubleshooting
1.1.7 Troubleshooting TMN Problems [cont.]

Problem Possible Cause Possible Solution

Unable to communicate with the Possible communication path Use traceroute (tracert) to help
NE through the radio network failure or routing failure within locate for communication path or
(unable to ‘ping’ the NE). the radio network. routing problems.
Can ‘ping’ the TMN Interface but If using SNMPv2, using the wrong Verify community string or
cannot communicate with the NE community string username/ passphrase.
using SNMP, or can only see a few
SNMP objects in the NE.
Can “ping” the TMN interface, but Another MCT session is already Close the other MCT session
cannot open the MCT open on another machine

2 · 1 · 34 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This section gives general guidance on troubleshooting problems related to the four Ethernet ports on the
MSS-1c or on the MPR-e.
z Refer to table “Troubleshooting Ethernet Problems” on next slides for detail troubleshooting using the
LEDs locally at the alarmed site.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 34
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and
Replacement

2 · 1 · 35 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 35
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.1 MSS-1c Removal and Replacement

Never install, change or remove a card without first connecting

to the shelf with an ESD grounding cable. Failure to do so
may cause ESD damage to the cards.

z Turn off the power supply

z Disconnect all the cables and connect them to the spare MSS-1c
z Turn on the power supply

2 · 1 · 36 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z All plug-in cards can be removed and installed with power applied.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 36
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.2 MSS-1c replaced by MSS-1c 16E1

z When an MSS-1c is replaced by an MSS-1c 16E1 and when you try to

open a previsioning file (created with an MSS-1c) with the Provisioning
Tool launched by the MCT, the following message will appear.

z Open the Configuration tool. Open the file in Reconfiguration mode.

Click on Convert button.

2 · 1 · 37 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 37
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.3 MSS-1c 16E1 replaced by MSS-1c

z When an MSS-1c 16E1 is replaced by an MSS-1c, the provisioning file

cannot be converted. A new file must be created from scratch.

2 · 1 · 38 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 38
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.4 MPT-HC Removal and Replacement

z Disconnect the cables and the co-box from the MPT-HC to be replaced
and connect them to the spare MPT-HC.

z Reconfigure the MPT by using the WebEML (menu Commissioning >

Configuration) or if a backup file is available, restore the MPT
configuration by the WebEML (menu Commissioning > Configuration >
Backup/Restore).

z Connect the WebEML to the CT port of MSS-1c and configure the PC to

“Get automatically an IP address” (because the NE is configured as
DHCP Server with default IP address 192.168.30.1 and subnet mask
255.255.255.252).

2 · 1 · 39 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Note: The MPT-HC V2 can also be used to replace the MPT-HC. The 23 GHz MPT-HC V2 is a Tx High Power
version vs. MPT-HC. Take in account it when MPT-HC V2 is used as spare of MPT-HC.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 39
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.5 MPT-HC V2 removal and replacement

z Disconnect the cables and connect them to the spare MPT-HC V2.
z Reconfigure the MPT by using the WebEML (menu Commissioning >
Configuration) or if a backup file is available, restore the MPT
configuration by the WebEML (menu Commissioning > Configuration >
Backup/Restore).
z Connect the WebEML to the CT port of MSS-1c and configure the PC to
“Get automatically an IP address” (because the NE is configured as
DHCP Server with default IP address 192.168.30.1 and subnet mask
255.255.255.252).

2 · 1 · 40 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 40
 2 Failed Equipment Removal and Replacement
2.6 MPT-MC Removal and Replacement

z Disconnect the cables and connect them to the spare MPT-MC.

z Reconfigure the MPT by using the WebEML (menu Commissioning >

Configuration) or if a backup file is available, restore the MPT
configuration by the WebEML (menu Commissioning > Configuration >
Backup/Restore).

z Connect the WebEML to the CT port of MSS-1c and configure the PC to

“Get automatically an IP address” (because the NE is configured as
DHCP Server with default IP address 192.168.30.1 and subnet mask
255.255.255.252).

2 · 1 · 41 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 41
 End of Module
Fault Management

2 · 1 · 42 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Fault Management
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 1 · Page 42
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 2
Maintenance
Module 2
Software Download
3JK Issue 2.0

9500 MPR
9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)
TWT63044-R 3.1-SG1-SEN- I1.0 Issue 1.00

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 1
 Blank Page

2·2·2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 2010-10-28 ALU University, First edition

Marcoussis

02 2011-08-26 ALU University Updated to rel 3.1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 2
Module Objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

ƒ Download a new software version.

2·2·3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 3
Module Objectives [cont.]

2·2·4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download This page is left blank intentionally
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 4
Table of Contents

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu 7
1.1 Software Download Tool 8
1.2 Server Access Configuration 10
1.3 Init Software Download 11
1.4 Software Status 12
1.5 End of a Correct Download 14
Blank Page 15
End of Module 16

2·2·5 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

2·2·6
Maintenance · Software Download
This page is left blank intentionally
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 6
 1 MPR Terminal Software Download
Menu

2·2·7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 7
1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.1 Software Download Tool

2·2·8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 8
1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.1 Software Download Tool [cont.]

Software Download Tab Panel

Two fields are available:

z 1) SOFTWARE INFORMATION –
ƒ This field gives the information of the software installed in the NE.

z 2) DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE –

ƒ FTP SERVER PARAMETERS –

This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to download the SWP
to the NE.

ƒ SOFTWARE PACKAGE –
Through this field the software is downloaded to the NE in order to upgrade
the NE software version.

2·2·9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 9
 1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.2 Server Access Configuration

z This field allows to configure the FTP server to be used to download the
SWP to the NE.
z Copy the ECT directory present in the SWP CD on the FTP server.

Server access configuration screen

Warning:
z On the PC containing the Software Package must be
installed an FTP Server.
z The PC’s firewall (i.e Microsoft’s default firewall) may
prevent the download from starting up.

2 · 2 · 10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

zIn the Server Address field write the IP address of the FTP server.
zUser Name and Password are the login information to access the FTP server.
zIn the Port field write the port to be used.
zBy clicking on the Check button, the server access values will be filled in automatically with the default
configuration.

zThe CT is the default FTP server with the following parameters:

z User Id: anonymous
z Password: -
z Address: local host IP address.
z Port: 21
z Root Dir: /

zNote: If as FTP Server the Apache Server, available on the TCO Software Suite Rel. 4.4 DVD-ROM, is
used, enter the following parameters:
z Server address: PC address
z Username: anonymous
z Password: anonymous
z Port: 21

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 10
 1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.3 Init Software Download

z Through this field the software is downloaded to the NE in order to

upgrade the NE software version.

Init Software Download screen

2 · 2 · 11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z Follow the steps to perform this procedure:

1. Click on Select Software Package button to add the available software packages on the PC.
2. Highlight the line where you find the File Name (i.e. 9500MPT.DSC) in the list and click on the Start
Download button.
- The Forced check box can be used to force download (i.e. the complete description file is downloaded
to the NE).
- If the Forced download is not selected, the system shall first proceed to compare the software to be
downloaded with the software present in the NE. Then only the differences are downloaded.
3. Click on the Download button to begin the download process.
4. When the SW download starts, a screen showing the in progress operation of the download appears. The
download is aborted if the Abort button is pressed.
5. Click Ok.

Recommended operation: Before starting the software download it is recommended to disable the
ATPC operation (if it has been enabled) and to set in RTPC mode the max.
Tx power.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 11
 1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.4 Software Status

By clicking on the
Active/Standby Software Package Summary
button a software unit status screen opens
(see on the next page) and gives additional
information on the software package.

Software Status screen

2 · 2 · 12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z This tab panel “Software Package Versions” gives the information of the software installed in the NE.
z The following information is displayed:
z Name: software name
z Version: software version
z Current status: “ACTIVE Version” or “STANDBY Version”
The ACTIVE status refers to the software currently in use

NOTE The equipment software is installed on the compact flash, which has two banks.
This screen has two fields (each for one bank):
„ “Active Software Package” refers to bank 1 with the Actived software and relevant information;
„ “Standby Software Package” refers to bank 2 with the Stand by software and relevant
information.

z The Flash Card, which stores the NE software, contains 2 banks.

z The 2 banks can store 2 different software versions. One bank will be committed (active) and the
other bank will be standby.

NOTE The second bank appears when a new software package has been downloaded the first time.
z During download, necessary to update the software version, the download file is automatically stored in
the standby bank.
z To activate the new version first check the operational status of the standby bank. If the status is
enabled (this means that download took place without errors) click on the Activate button in the Standby
Software Package.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 12
 1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.4 Software Status [cont.]

z By clicking on the Active/Standby Software Package Summary tab panel

a screen opens, giving additional information on the software package.

Software Units Details screen

2 · 2 · 13 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

z The following information is displayed on the screen:

z adamoFpga: MPT FPGA Firmware
z bootrom: MPT Boot Software
z modem: MPT Modem Configuration Files
z pvg610: MPT Modem Firmware
z vxWorks: MPT Embedded Software

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 13
1 MPR Terminal Software Download Menu
1.5 End of a Correct Download

Activation of the new software:

z At the end of the download process, press the < Activate > button of the
“Stand-by Software Package” field of the Software Status screen.
z The NE reboots and the supervision is lost.

No activation of the new software:

z At the end of the download process, check that the new software is installed in
the “Stand-by Software Package” field of the Software Status screen.

Warning:
z After the activation of the “Stand-by Software Package” bank, the
connection between the WebEML (Craft Terminal) and the NE is lost.
z The WebEML must be re-launched.

2 · 2 · 14 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 14
Blank Page

2 · 2 · 15 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 15
 End of Module
Software Download

2 · 2 · 16 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

Maintenance · Software Download
9500 MPR · 9500 MPR (Microwave Packet Radio) R 3.1 Terminal Configuration Operation and Maintenance (ETSI)

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

3JK Issue 2.0
Section 2 · Module 2 · Page 16
Last But One Page

Switch to notes view!

1 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

@@PRODUCT
This page is left blank intentionally
@@COURSENAME

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011

@@COURSENAME - Page 1
 All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its
contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2011
@@COURSENAME - Page 2